clang 20.0.0 (based on r547379) from build 12806354. Bug: http://b/379133546 Test: N/A Change-Id: I2eb8938af55d809de674be63cb30cf27e801862b Upstream-Commit: ad834e67b1105d15ef907f6255d4c96e8e733f57
7147 lines
269 KiB
C++
7147 lines
269 KiB
C++
//===--- Expr.h - Classes for representing expressions ----------*- C++ -*-===//
|
||
//
|
||
// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
|
||
// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
|
||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
|
||
//
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
//
|
||
// This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses.
|
||
//
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
|
||
#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
|
||
#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
|
||
|
||
#include "clang/AST/APNumericStorage.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/ComputeDependence.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
|
||
#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
|
||
#include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
|
||
#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
|
||
#include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h"
|
||
#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
|
||
#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
|
||
#include <optional>
|
||
|
||
namespace clang {
|
||
class APValue;
|
||
class ASTContext;
|
||
class BlockDecl;
|
||
class CXXBaseSpecifier;
|
||
class CXXMemberCallExpr;
|
||
class CXXOperatorCallExpr;
|
||
class CastExpr;
|
||
class Decl;
|
||
class IdentifierInfo;
|
||
class MaterializeTemporaryExpr;
|
||
class NamedDecl;
|
||
class ObjCPropertyRefExpr;
|
||
class OpaqueValueExpr;
|
||
class ParmVarDecl;
|
||
class StringLiteral;
|
||
class TargetInfo;
|
||
class ValueDecl;
|
||
|
||
/// A simple array of base specifiers.
|
||
typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
|
||
|
||
/// An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a
|
||
/// reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary.
|
||
struct SubobjectAdjustment {
|
||
enum {
|
||
DerivedToBaseAdjustment,
|
||
FieldAdjustment,
|
||
MemberPointerAdjustment
|
||
} Kind;
|
||
|
||
struct DTB {
|
||
const CastExpr *BasePath;
|
||
const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
struct P {
|
||
const MemberPointerType *MPT;
|
||
Expr *RHS;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
union {
|
||
struct DTB DerivedToBase;
|
||
const FieldDecl *Field;
|
||
struct P Ptr;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
SubobjectAdjustment(const CastExpr *BasePath,
|
||
const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass)
|
||
: Kind(DerivedToBaseAdjustment) {
|
||
DerivedToBase.BasePath = BasePath;
|
||
DerivedToBase.DerivedClass = DerivedClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SubobjectAdjustment(const FieldDecl *Field) : Kind(FieldAdjustment) {
|
||
this->Field = Field;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SubobjectAdjustment(const MemberPointerType *MPT, Expr *RHS)
|
||
: Kind(MemberPointerAdjustment) {
|
||
this->Ptr.MPT = MPT;
|
||
this->Ptr.RHS = RHS;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// This represents one expression. Note that Expr's are subclasses of Stmt.
|
||
/// This allows an expression to be transparently used any place a Stmt is
|
||
/// required.
|
||
class Expr : public ValueStmt {
|
||
QualType TR;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
Expr() = delete;
|
||
Expr(const Expr&) = delete;
|
||
Expr(Expr &&) = delete;
|
||
Expr &operator=(const Expr&) = delete;
|
||
Expr &operator=(Expr&&) = delete;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
Expr(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
|
||
: ValueStmt(SC) {
|
||
ExprBits.Dependent = 0;
|
||
ExprBits.ValueKind = VK;
|
||
ExprBits.ObjectKind = OK;
|
||
assert(ExprBits.ObjectKind == OK && "truncated kind");
|
||
setType(T);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty expression.
|
||
explicit Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : ValueStmt(SC) { }
|
||
|
||
/// Each concrete expr subclass is expected to compute its dependence and call
|
||
/// this in the constructor.
|
||
void setDependence(ExprDependence Deps) {
|
||
ExprBits.Dependent = static_cast<unsigned>(Deps);
|
||
}
|
||
friend class ASTImporter; // Sets dependence directly.
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader; // Sets dependence directly.
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
QualType getType() const { return TR; }
|
||
void setType(QualType t) {
|
||
// In C++, the type of an expression is always adjusted so that it
|
||
// will not have reference type (C++ [expr]p6). Use
|
||
// QualType::getNonReferenceType() to retrieve the non-reference
|
||
// type. Additionally, inspect Expr::isLvalue to determine whether
|
||
// an expression that is adjusted in this manner should be
|
||
// considered an lvalue.
|
||
assert((t.isNull() || !t->isReferenceType()) &&
|
||
"Expressions can't have reference type");
|
||
|
||
TR = t;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If this expression is an enumeration constant, return the
|
||
/// enumeration type under which said constant was declared.
|
||
/// Otherwise return the expression's type.
|
||
/// Note this effectively circumvents the weak typing of C's enum constants
|
||
QualType getEnumCoercedType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
ExprDependence getDependence() const {
|
||
return static_cast<ExprDependence>(ExprBits.Dependent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether the value of this expression depends on
|
||
/// - a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr])
|
||
/// - or an error, whose resolution is unknown
|
||
///
|
||
/// For example, the array bound of "Chars" in the following example is
|
||
/// value-dependent.
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// template<int Size, char (&Chars)[Size]> struct meta_string;
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
bool isValueDependent() const {
|
||
return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Value);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether the type of this expression depends on
|
||
/// - a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.expr], which means that its type
|
||
/// could change from one template instantiation to the next)
|
||
/// - or an error
|
||
///
|
||
/// For example, the expressions "x" and "x + y" are type-dependent in
|
||
/// the following code, but "y" is not type-dependent:
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// template<typename T>
|
||
/// void add(T x, int y) {
|
||
/// x + y;
|
||
/// }
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
bool isTypeDependent() const {
|
||
return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Type);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that
|
||
/// it depends in some way on
|
||
/// - a template parameter (even if neither its type nor (constant) value
|
||
/// can change due to the template instantiation)
|
||
/// - or an error
|
||
///
|
||
/// In the following example, the expression \c sizeof(sizeof(T() + T())) is
|
||
/// instantiation-dependent (since it involves a template parameter \c T), but
|
||
/// is neither type- nor value-dependent, since the type of the inner
|
||
/// \c sizeof is known (\c std::size_t) and therefore the size of the outer
|
||
/// \c sizeof is known.
|
||
///
|
||
/// \code
|
||
/// template<typename T>
|
||
/// void f(T x, T y) {
|
||
/// sizeof(sizeof(T() + T());
|
||
/// }
|
||
/// \endcode
|
||
///
|
||
/// \code
|
||
/// void func(int) {
|
||
/// func(); // the expression is instantiation-dependent, because it depends
|
||
/// // on an error.
|
||
/// }
|
||
/// \endcode
|
||
bool isInstantiationDependent() const {
|
||
return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Instantiation);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter
|
||
/// pack (for C++11 variadic templates).
|
||
///
|
||
/// Given the following function template:
|
||
///
|
||
/// \code
|
||
/// template<typename F, typename ...Types>
|
||
/// void forward(const F &f, Types &&...args) {
|
||
/// f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
|
||
/// }
|
||
/// \endcode
|
||
///
|
||
/// The expressions \c args and \c static_cast<Types&&>(args) both
|
||
/// contain parameter packs.
|
||
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
|
||
return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::UnexpandedPack);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors, e.g. a
|
||
/// TypoExpr.
|
||
bool containsErrors() const {
|
||
return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Error);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing
|
||
/// a problem with a generic expression.
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion should implicitly be
|
||
/// applied to this expression if it appears as a discarded-value expression
|
||
/// in C++11 onwards. This applies to certain forms of volatile glvalues.
|
||
bool isReadIfDiscardedInCPlusPlus11() const;
|
||
|
||
/// isUnusedResultAWarning - Return true if this immediate expression should
|
||
/// be warned about if the result is unused. If so, fill in expr, location,
|
||
/// and ranges with expr to warn on and source locations/ranges appropriate
|
||
/// for a warning.
|
||
bool isUnusedResultAWarning(const Expr *&WarnExpr, SourceLocation &Loc,
|
||
SourceRange &R1, SourceRange &R2,
|
||
ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to
|
||
/// the rules of the current language. C and C++ give somewhat
|
||
/// different rules for this concept, but in general, the result of
|
||
/// an l-value expression identifies a specific object whereas the
|
||
/// result of an r-value expression is a value detached from any
|
||
/// specific storage.
|
||
///
|
||
/// C++11 divides the concept of "r-value" into pure r-values
|
||
/// ("pr-values") and so-called expiring values ("x-values"), which
|
||
/// identify specific objects that can be safely cannibalized for
|
||
/// their resources.
|
||
bool isLValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_LValue; }
|
||
bool isPRValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_PRValue; }
|
||
bool isXValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_XValue; }
|
||
bool isGLValue() const { return getValueKind() != VK_PRValue; }
|
||
|
||
enum LValueClassification {
|
||
LV_Valid,
|
||
LV_NotObjectType,
|
||
LV_IncompleteVoidType,
|
||
LV_DuplicateVectorComponents,
|
||
LV_InvalidExpression,
|
||
LV_InvalidMessageExpression,
|
||
LV_MemberFunction,
|
||
LV_SubObjCPropertySetting,
|
||
LV_ClassTemporary,
|
||
LV_ArrayTemporary
|
||
};
|
||
/// Reasons why an expression might not be an l-value.
|
||
LValueClassification ClassifyLValue(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
enum isModifiableLvalueResult {
|
||
MLV_Valid,
|
||
MLV_NotObjectType,
|
||
MLV_IncompleteVoidType,
|
||
MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents,
|
||
MLV_InvalidExpression,
|
||
MLV_LValueCast, // Specialized form of MLV_InvalidExpression.
|
||
MLV_IncompleteType,
|
||
MLV_ConstQualified,
|
||
MLV_ConstQualifiedField,
|
||
MLV_ConstAddrSpace,
|
||
MLV_ArrayType,
|
||
MLV_NoSetterProperty,
|
||
MLV_MemberFunction,
|
||
MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting,
|
||
MLV_InvalidMessageExpression,
|
||
MLV_ClassTemporary,
|
||
MLV_ArrayTemporary
|
||
};
|
||
/// isModifiableLvalue - C99 6.3.2.1: an lvalue that does not have array type,
|
||
/// does not have an incomplete type, does not have a const-qualified type,
|
||
/// and if it is a structure or union, does not have any member (including,
|
||
/// recursively, any member or element of all contained aggregates or unions)
|
||
/// with a const-qualified type.
|
||
///
|
||
/// \param Loc [in,out] - A source location which *may* be filled
|
||
/// in with the location of the expression making this a
|
||
/// non-modifiable lvalue, if specified.
|
||
isModifiableLvalueResult
|
||
isModifiableLvalue(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
/// The return type of classify(). Represents the C++11 expression
|
||
/// taxonomy.
|
||
class Classification {
|
||
public:
|
||
/// The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue.
|
||
enum Kinds {
|
||
CL_LValue,
|
||
CL_XValue,
|
||
CL_Function, // Functions cannot be lvalues in C.
|
||
CL_Void, // Void cannot be an lvalue in C.
|
||
CL_AddressableVoid, // Void expression whose address can be taken in C.
|
||
CL_DuplicateVectorComponents, // A vector shuffle with dupes.
|
||
CL_MemberFunction, // An expression referring to a member function
|
||
CL_SubObjCPropertySetting,
|
||
CL_ClassTemporary, // A temporary of class type, or subobject thereof.
|
||
CL_ArrayTemporary, // A temporary of array type.
|
||
CL_ObjCMessageRValue, // ObjC message is an rvalue
|
||
CL_PRValue // A prvalue for any other reason, of any other type
|
||
};
|
||
/// The results of modification testing.
|
||
enum ModifiableType {
|
||
CM_Untested, // testModifiable was false.
|
||
CM_Modifiable,
|
||
CM_RValue, // Not modifiable because it's an rvalue
|
||
CM_Function, // Not modifiable because it's a function; C++ only
|
||
CM_LValueCast, // Same as CM_RValue, but indicates GCC cast-as-lvalue ext
|
||
CM_NoSetterProperty,// Implicit assignment to ObjC property without setter
|
||
CM_ConstQualified,
|
||
CM_ConstQualifiedField,
|
||
CM_ConstAddrSpace,
|
||
CM_ArrayType,
|
||
CM_IncompleteType
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
friend class Expr;
|
||
|
||
unsigned short Kind;
|
||
unsigned short Modifiable;
|
||
|
||
explicit Classification(Kinds k, ModifiableType m)
|
||
: Kind(k), Modifiable(m)
|
||
{}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
Classification() {}
|
||
|
||
Kinds getKind() const { return static_cast<Kinds>(Kind); }
|
||
ModifiableType getModifiable() const {
|
||
assert(Modifiable != CM_Untested && "Did not test for modifiability.");
|
||
return static_cast<ModifiableType>(Modifiable);
|
||
}
|
||
bool isLValue() const { return Kind == CL_LValue; }
|
||
bool isXValue() const { return Kind == CL_XValue; }
|
||
bool isGLValue() const { return Kind <= CL_XValue; }
|
||
bool isPRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_Function; }
|
||
bool isRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_XValue; }
|
||
bool isModifiable() const { return getModifiable() == CM_Modifiable; }
|
||
|
||
/// Create a simple, modifiable lvalue
|
||
static Classification makeSimpleLValue() {
|
||
return Classification(CL_LValue, CM_Modifiable);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
};
|
||
/// Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11
|
||
/// expression taxonomy.
|
||
///
|
||
/// C++11 defines ([basic.lval]) a new taxonomy of expressions to replace the
|
||
/// old lvalue vs rvalue. This function determines the type of expression this
|
||
/// is. There are three expression types:
|
||
/// - lvalues are classical lvalues as in C++03.
|
||
/// - prvalues are equivalent to rvalues in C++03.
|
||
/// - xvalues are expressions yielding unnamed rvalue references, e.g. a
|
||
/// function returning an rvalue reference.
|
||
/// lvalues and xvalues are collectively referred to as glvalues, while
|
||
/// prvalues and xvalues together form rvalues.
|
||
Classification Classify(ASTContext &Ctx) const {
|
||
return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, nullptr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the
|
||
/// C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side
|
||
/// of an assignment.
|
||
///
|
||
/// This function extends classify in that it also tests whether the
|
||
/// expression is modifiable (C99 6.3.2.1p1).
|
||
/// \param Loc A source location that might be filled with a relevant location
|
||
/// if the expression is not modifiable.
|
||
Classification ClassifyModifiable(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation &Loc) const{
|
||
return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, &Loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Returns the set of floating point options that apply to this expression.
|
||
/// Only meaningful for operations on floating point values.
|
||
FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const;
|
||
|
||
/// getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type,
|
||
/// give its value kind.
|
||
static ExprValueKind getValueKindForType(QualType T) {
|
||
if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
|
||
return (isa<LValueReferenceType>(RT)
|
||
? VK_LValue
|
||
: (RT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()
|
||
? VK_LValue : VK_XValue));
|
||
return VK_PRValue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces.
|
||
ExprValueKind getValueKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<ExprValueKind>(ExprBits.ValueKind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces.
|
||
/// Object kinds are meaningful only for expressions that yield an
|
||
/// l-value or x-value.
|
||
ExprObjectKind getObjectKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<ExprObjectKind>(ExprBits.ObjectKind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() const {
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK = getObjectKind();
|
||
return (OK == OK_Ordinary || OK == OK_BitField);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression.
|
||
void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat) { ExprBits.ValueKind = Cat; }
|
||
|
||
/// setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression.
|
||
void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat) { ExprBits.ObjectKind = Cat; }
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
Classification ClassifyImpl(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that
|
||
/// potentially refers to a bit-field.
|
||
///
|
||
/// In C++, whether a gl-value refers to a bitfield is essentially
|
||
/// an aspect of the value-kind type system.
|
||
bool refersToBitField() const { return getObjectKind() == OK_BitField; }
|
||
|
||
/// If this expression refers to a bit-field, retrieve the
|
||
/// declaration of that bit-field.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Note that this returns a non-null pointer in subtly different
|
||
/// places than refersToBitField returns true. In particular, this can
|
||
/// return a non-null pointer even for r-values loaded from
|
||
/// bit-fields, but it will return null for a conditional bit-field.
|
||
FieldDecl *getSourceBitField();
|
||
|
||
/// If this expression refers to an enum constant, retrieve its declaration
|
||
EnumConstantDecl *getEnumConstantDecl();
|
||
|
||
const EnumConstantDecl *getEnumConstantDecl() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->getEnumConstantDecl();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const FieldDecl *getSourceBitField() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getSourceBitField();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee();
|
||
const Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getReferencedDeclOfCallee();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If this expression is an l-value for an Objective C
|
||
/// property, find the underlying property reference expression.
|
||
const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *getObjCProperty() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Check if this expression is the ObjC 'self' implicit parameter.
|
||
bool isObjCSelfExpr() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns whether this expression refers to a vector element.
|
||
bool refersToVectorElement() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns whether this expression refers to a matrix element.
|
||
bool refersToMatrixElement() const {
|
||
return getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Returns whether this expression refers to a global register
|
||
/// variable.
|
||
bool refersToGlobalRegisterVar() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type.
|
||
bool hasPlaceholderType() const {
|
||
return getType()->isPlaceholderType();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type.
|
||
bool hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Kind K) const {
|
||
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind(K));
|
||
if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getType()))
|
||
return BT->getKind() == K;
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// isKnownToHaveBooleanValue - Return true if this is an integer expression
|
||
/// that is known to return 0 or 1. This happens for _Bool/bool expressions
|
||
/// but also int expressions which are produced by things like comparisons in
|
||
/// C.
|
||
///
|
||
/// \param Semantic If true, only return true for expressions that are known
|
||
/// to be semantically boolean, which might not be true even for expressions
|
||
/// that are known to evaluate to 0/1. For instance, reading an unsigned
|
||
/// bit-field with width '1' will evaluate to 0/1, but doesn't necessarily
|
||
/// semantically correspond to a bool.
|
||
bool isKnownToHaveBooleanValue(bool Semantic = true) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Check whether this array fits the idiom of a flexible array member,
|
||
/// depending on the value of -fstrict-flex-array.
|
||
/// When IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution is set, it doesn't consider sizes
|
||
/// resulting from the substitution of a macro or a template as special sizes.
|
||
bool isFlexibleArrayMemberLike(
|
||
ASTContext &Context,
|
||
LangOptions::StrictFlexArraysLevelKind StrictFlexArraysLevel,
|
||
bool IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution = false) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isIntegerConstantExpr - Return the value if this expression is a valid
|
||
/// integer constant expression. If not a valid i-c-e, return std::nullopt
|
||
/// and fill in Loc (if specified) with the location of the invalid
|
||
/// expression.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11
|
||
/// [expr.const]p5.
|
||
std::optional<llvm::APSInt>
|
||
getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
|
||
bool isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is an
|
||
/// integral constant expression in C++98. Can only be used in C++.
|
||
bool isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isCXX11ConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a constant
|
||
/// expression in C++11. Can only be used in C++.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11
|
||
/// [expr.const]p5.
|
||
bool isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result = nullptr,
|
||
SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isPotentialConstantExpr - Return true if this function's definition
|
||
/// might be usable in a constant expression in C++11, if it were marked
|
||
/// constexpr. Return false if the function can never produce a constant
|
||
/// expression, along with diagnostics describing why not.
|
||
static bool isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD,
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<
|
||
PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags);
|
||
|
||
/// isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated - Return true if this expression might
|
||
/// be usable in a constant expression in C++11 in an unevaluated context, if
|
||
/// it were in function FD marked constexpr. Return false if the function can
|
||
/// never produce a constant expression, along with diagnostics describing
|
||
/// why not.
|
||
static bool isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E,
|
||
const FunctionDecl *FD,
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<
|
||
PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags);
|
||
|
||
/// isConstantInitializer - Returns true if this expression can be emitted to
|
||
/// IR as a constant, and thus can be used as a constant initializer in C.
|
||
/// If this expression is not constant and Culprit is non-null,
|
||
/// it is used to store the address of first non constant expr.
|
||
bool isConstantInitializer(ASTContext &Ctx, bool ForRef,
|
||
const Expr **Culprit = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
/// If this expression is an unambiguous reference to a single declaration,
|
||
/// in the style of __builtin_function_start, return that declaration. Note
|
||
/// that this may return a non-static member function or field in C++ if this
|
||
/// expression is a member pointer constant.
|
||
const ValueDecl *getAsBuiltinConstantDeclRef(const ASTContext &Context) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress.
|
||
struct EvalStatus {
|
||
/// Whether the evaluated expression has side effects.
|
||
/// For example, (f() && 0) can be folded, but it still has side effects.
|
||
bool HasSideEffects = false;
|
||
|
||
/// Whether the evaluation hit undefined behavior.
|
||
/// For example, 1.0 / 0.0 can be folded to Inf, but has undefined behavior.
|
||
/// Likewise, INT_MAX + 1 can be folded to INT_MIN, but has UB.
|
||
bool HasUndefinedBehavior = false;
|
||
|
||
/// Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes
|
||
/// indicating why evaluation failed (or why it failed to produce a constant
|
||
/// expression).
|
||
/// If the expression is unfoldable, the notes will indicate why it's not
|
||
/// foldable. If the expression is foldable, but not a constant expression,
|
||
/// the notes will describes why it isn't a constant expression. If the
|
||
/// expression *is* a constant expression, no notes will be produced.
|
||
///
|
||
/// FIXME: this causes significant performance concerns and should be
|
||
/// refactored at some point. Not all evaluations of the constant
|
||
/// expression interpreter will display the given diagnostics, this means
|
||
/// those kinds of uses are paying the expense of generating a diagnostic
|
||
/// (which may include expensive operations like converting APValue objects
|
||
/// to a string representation).
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr;
|
||
|
||
EvalStatus() = default;
|
||
|
||
// hasSideEffects - Return true if the evaluated expression has
|
||
// side effects.
|
||
bool hasSideEffects() const {
|
||
return HasSideEffects;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression.
|
||
struct EvalResult : EvalStatus {
|
||
/// Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to.
|
||
APValue Val;
|
||
|
||
// isGlobalLValue - Return true if the evaluated lvalue expression
|
||
// is global.
|
||
bool isGlobalLValue() const;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold to
|
||
/// an rvalue using any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language
|
||
/// standards) that we want to, even if the expression has side-effects. If
|
||
/// this function returns true, it returns the folded constant in Result. If
|
||
/// the expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion will be
|
||
/// applied.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
bool InConstantContext = false) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsBooleanCondition - Return true if this is a constant
|
||
/// which we can fold and convert to a boolean condition using
|
||
/// any crazy technique that we want to, even if the expression has
|
||
/// side-effects.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
bool InConstantContext = false) const;
|
||
|
||
enum SideEffectsKind {
|
||
SE_NoSideEffects, ///< Strictly evaluate the expression.
|
||
SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior, ///< Allow UB that we can give a value, but not
|
||
///< arbitrary unmodeled side effects.
|
||
SE_AllowSideEffects ///< Allow any unmodeled side effect.
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsInt - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and
|
||
/// convert to an integer, using any crazy technique that we want to.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects,
|
||
bool InConstantContext = false) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and
|
||
/// convert to a floating point value, using any crazy technique that we
|
||
/// want to.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsFloat(llvm::APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects,
|
||
bool InConstantContext = false) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsFixedPoint - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold
|
||
/// and convert to a fixed point value.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects,
|
||
bool InConstantContext = false) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be
|
||
/// constant folded without side-effects, but discard the result.
|
||
bool isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const;
|
||
|
||
/// HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions
|
||
/// which have any effect other than producing a value. Example is a function
|
||
/// call, volatile variable read, or throwing an exception. If
|
||
/// IncludePossibleEffects is false, this call treats certain expressions with
|
||
/// potential side effects (such as function call-like expressions,
|
||
/// instantiation-dependent expressions, or invocations from a macro) as not
|
||
/// having side effects.
|
||
bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
bool IncludePossibleEffects = true) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether this expression involves a call to any function
|
||
/// that is not trivial.
|
||
bool hasNonTrivialCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateKnownConstInt - Call EvaluateAsRValue and return the folded
|
||
/// integer. This must be called on an expression that constant folds to an
|
||
/// integer.
|
||
llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstInt(
|
||
const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(
|
||
const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
void EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsLValue - Evaluate an expression to see if we can fold it to an
|
||
/// lvalue with link time known address, with no side-effects.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
bool InConstantContext = false) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateAsInitializer - Evaluate an expression as if it were the
|
||
/// initializer of the given declaration. Returns true if the initializer
|
||
/// can be folded to a constant, and produces any relevant notes. In C++11,
|
||
/// notes will be produced if the expression is not a constant expression.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
const VarDecl *VD,
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes,
|
||
bool IsConstantInitializer) const;
|
||
|
||
/// EvaluateWithSubstitution - Evaluate an expression as if from the context
|
||
/// of a call to the given function with the given arguments, inside an
|
||
/// unevaluated context. Returns true if the expression could be folded to a
|
||
/// constant.
|
||
bool EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
const FunctionDecl *Callee,
|
||
ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args,
|
||
const Expr *This = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
enum class ConstantExprKind {
|
||
/// An integer constant expression (an array bound, enumerator, case value,
|
||
/// bit-field width, or similar) or similar.
|
||
Normal,
|
||
/// A non-class template argument. Such a value is only used for mangling,
|
||
/// not for code generation, so can refer to dllimported functions.
|
||
NonClassTemplateArgument,
|
||
/// A class template argument. Such a value is used for code generation.
|
||
ClassTemplateArgument,
|
||
/// An immediate invocation. The destruction of the end result of this
|
||
/// evaluation is not part of the evaluation, but all other temporaries
|
||
/// are destroyed.
|
||
ImmediateInvocation,
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Evaluate an expression that is required to be a constant expression. Does
|
||
/// not check the syntactic constraints for C and C++98 constant expressions.
|
||
bool EvaluateAsConstantExpr(
|
||
EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
ConstantExprKind Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal) const;
|
||
|
||
/// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically
|
||
/// determine the number of bytes available where the pointer is pointing.
|
||
/// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the
|
||
/// size, false otherwise.
|
||
///
|
||
/// \param Type - How to evaluate the size of the Expr, as defined by the
|
||
/// "type" parameter of __builtin_object_size
|
||
bool tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
unsigned Type) const;
|
||
|
||
/// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically
|
||
/// determine the strlen of the string pointed to.
|
||
/// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the
|
||
/// strlen, false otherwise.
|
||
bool tryEvaluateStrLen(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
bool EvaluateCharRangeAsString(std::string &Result,
|
||
const Expr *SizeExpression,
|
||
const Expr *PtrExpression, ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
EvalResult &Status) const;
|
||
|
||
/// If the current Expr can be evaluated to a pointer to a null-terminated
|
||
/// constant string, return the constant string (without the terminating
|
||
/// null).
|
||
std::optional<std::string> tryEvaluateString(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant
|
||
/// returned from \c isNullPointerConstant().
|
||
enum NullPointerConstantKind {
|
||
/// Expression is not a Null pointer constant.
|
||
NPCK_NotNull = 0,
|
||
|
||
/// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer
|
||
/// expression that is not a simple, possibly parenthesized, zero literal.
|
||
/// C++ Core Issue 903 will classify these expressions as "not pointers"
|
||
/// once it is adopted.
|
||
/// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
|
||
NPCK_ZeroExpression,
|
||
|
||
/// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero.
|
||
NPCK_ZeroLiteral,
|
||
|
||
/// Expression is a C++11 nullptr.
|
||
NPCK_CXX11_nullptr,
|
||
|
||
/// Expression is a GNU-style __null constant.
|
||
NPCK_GNUNull
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Enumeration used to describe how \c isNullPointerConstant()
|
||
/// should cope with value-dependent expressions.
|
||
enum NullPointerConstantValueDependence {
|
||
/// Specifies that the expression should never be value-dependent.
|
||
NPC_NeverValueDependent = 0,
|
||
|
||
/// Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or
|
||
/// dependent type should be considered a null pointer constant.
|
||
NPC_ValueDependentIsNull,
|
||
|
||
/// Specifies that a value-dependent expression should be considered
|
||
/// to never be a null pointer constant.
|
||
NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// isNullPointerConstant - C99 6.3.2.3p3 - Test if this reduces down to
|
||
/// a Null pointer constant. The return value can further distinguish the
|
||
/// kind of NULL pointer constant that was detected.
|
||
NullPointerConstantKind isNullPointerConstant(
|
||
ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
NullPointerConstantValueDependence NPC) const;
|
||
|
||
/// isOBJCGCCandidate - Return true if this expression may be used in a read/
|
||
/// write barrier.
|
||
bool isOBJCGCCandidate(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if this expression is a bound member function.
|
||
bool isBoundMemberFunction(ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Given an expression of bound-member type, find the type
|
||
/// of the member. Returns null if this is an *overloaded* bound
|
||
/// member expression.
|
||
static QualType findBoundMemberType(const Expr *expr);
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any invisible AST nodes which might surround this
|
||
/// statement, such as ExprWithCleanups or ImplicitCastExpr nodes,
|
||
/// but also injected CXXMemberExpr and CXXConstructExpr which represent
|
||
/// implicit conversions.
|
||
Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource();
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any implicit casts which might surround this expression until
|
||
/// reaching a fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * ImplicitCastExpr
|
||
/// * FullExpr
|
||
Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImpCasts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any casts which might surround this expression until reaching
|
||
/// a fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * CastExpr
|
||
/// * FullExpr
|
||
/// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr
|
||
/// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr
|
||
Expr *IgnoreCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreCasts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreCasts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression
|
||
/// until reaching a fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips
|
||
/// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr
|
||
/// * CXXBindTemporaryExpr
|
||
Expr *IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreImplicit() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicit();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression
|
||
/// until reaching a fixed point. Same as IgnoreImplicit, except that it
|
||
/// also skips over implicit calls to constructors and conversion functions.
|
||
///
|
||
/// FIXME: Should IgnoreImplicit do this?
|
||
Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicitAsWritten();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until
|
||
/// reaching a fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * ParenExpr
|
||
/// * UnaryOperator if `UO_Extension`
|
||
/// * GenericSelectionExpr if `!isResultDependent()`
|
||
/// * ChooseExpr if `!isConditionDependent()`
|
||
/// * ConstantExpr
|
||
Expr *IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreParens() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParens();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any parentheses and implicit casts which might surround this
|
||
/// expression until reaching a fixed point.
|
||
/// FIXME: IgnoreParenImpCasts really ought to be equivalent to
|
||
/// IgnoreParens() + IgnoreImpCasts() until reaching a fixed point. However
|
||
/// this is currently not the case. Instead IgnoreParenImpCasts() skips:
|
||
/// * What IgnoreParens() skips
|
||
/// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips
|
||
/// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr
|
||
/// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr
|
||
Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any parentheses and casts which might surround this expression
|
||
/// until reaching a fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * What IgnoreParens() skips
|
||
/// * What IgnoreCasts() skips
|
||
Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenCasts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip conversion operators. If this Expr is a call to a conversion
|
||
/// operator, return the argument.
|
||
Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any parentheses and lvalue casts which might surround this
|
||
/// expression until reaching a fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * What IgnoreParens() skips
|
||
/// * What IgnoreCasts() skips, except that only lvalue-to-rvalue
|
||
/// casts are skipped
|
||
/// FIXME: This is intended purely as a temporary workaround for code
|
||
/// that hasn't yet been rewritten to do the right thing about those
|
||
/// casts, and may disappear along with the last internal use.
|
||
Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenLValueCasts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any parentheses and casts which do not change the value
|
||
/// (including ptr->int casts of the same size) until reaching a fixed point.
|
||
/// Skips:
|
||
/// * What IgnoreParens() skips
|
||
/// * CastExpr which do not change the value
|
||
/// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr
|
||
Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Skip past any parentheses and derived-to-base casts until reaching a
|
||
/// fixed point. Skips:
|
||
/// * What IgnoreParens() skips
|
||
/// * CastExpr which represent a derived-to-base cast (CK_DerivedToBase,
|
||
/// CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase and CK_NoOp)
|
||
Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
const Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenBaseCasts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether this expression is a default function argument.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Default arguments are implicitly generated in the abstract syntax tree
|
||
/// by semantic analysis for function calls, object constructions, etc. in
|
||
/// C++. Default arguments are represented by \c CXXDefaultArgExpr nodes;
|
||
/// this routine also looks through any implicit casts to determine whether
|
||
/// the expression is a default argument.
|
||
bool isDefaultArgument() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether the result of this expression is a
|
||
/// temporary object of the given class type.
|
||
bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this expression is an implicit reference to 'this' in C++.
|
||
bool isImplicitCXXThis() const;
|
||
|
||
static bool hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
|
||
|
||
/// For an expression of class type or pointer to class type,
|
||
/// return the most derived class decl the expression is known to refer to.
|
||
///
|
||
/// If this expression is a cast, this method looks through it to find the
|
||
/// most derived decl that can be inferred from the expression.
|
||
/// This is valid because derived-to-base conversions have undefined
|
||
/// behavior if the object isn't dynamically of the derived type.
|
||
const CXXRecordDecl *getBestDynamicClassType() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Get the inner expression that determines the best dynamic class.
|
||
/// If this is a prvalue, we guarantee that it is of the most-derived type
|
||
/// for the object itself.
|
||
const Expr *getBestDynamicClassTypeExpr() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and
|
||
/// find the expression whose lifetime needs to be extended. Record
|
||
/// the LHSs of comma expressions and adjustments needed along the path.
|
||
const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &CommaLHS,
|
||
SmallVectorImpl<SubobjectAdjustment> &Adjustments) const;
|
||
const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments() const {
|
||
SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> CommaLHSs;
|
||
SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 8> Adjustments;
|
||
return skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Checks that the two Expr's will refer to the same value as a comparison
|
||
/// operand. The caller must ensure that the values referenced by the Expr's
|
||
/// are not modified between E1 and E2 or the result my be invalid.
|
||
static bool isSameComparisonOperand(const Expr* E1, const Expr* E2);
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExprConstant &&
|
||
T->getStmtClass() <= lastExprConstant;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
// PointerLikeTypeTraits is specialized so it can be used with a forward-decl of
|
||
// Expr. Verify that we got it right.
|
||
static_assert(llvm::PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr *>::NumLowBitsAvailable <=
|
||
llvm::detail::ConstantLog2<alignof(Expr)>::value,
|
||
"PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr*> assumes too much alignment.");
|
||
|
||
using ConstantExprKind = Expr::ConstantExprKind;
|
||
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
// Wrapper Expressions.
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
|
||
/// FullExpr - Represents a "full-expression" node.
|
||
class FullExpr : public Expr {
|
||
protected:
|
||
Stmt *SubExpr;
|
||
|
||
FullExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *subexpr)
|
||
: Expr(SC, subexpr->getType(), subexpr->getValueKind(),
|
||
subexpr->getObjectKind()),
|
||
SubExpr(subexpr) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
FullExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(SC, Empty) {}
|
||
public:
|
||
const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); }
|
||
|
||
/// As with any mutator of the AST, be very careful when modifying an
|
||
/// existing AST to preserve its invariants.
|
||
void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() >= firstFullExprConstant &&
|
||
T->getStmtClass() <= lastFullExprConstant;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Describes the kind of result that can be tail-allocated.
|
||
enum class ConstantResultStorageKind { None, Int64, APValue };
|
||
|
||
/// ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and
|
||
/// optionally the result of evaluating the expression.
|
||
class ConstantExpr final
|
||
: public FullExpr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantExpr, APValue, uint64_t> {
|
||
static_assert(std::is_same<uint64_t, llvm::APInt::WordType>::value,
|
||
"ConstantExpr assumes that llvm::APInt::WordType is uint64_t "
|
||
"for tail-allocated storage");
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<APValue>) const {
|
||
return getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::APValue;
|
||
}
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<uint64_t>) const {
|
||
return getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::Int64;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
uint64_t &Int64Result() {
|
||
assert(getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::Int64 &&
|
||
"invalid accessor");
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<uint64_t>();
|
||
}
|
||
const uint64_t &Int64Result() const {
|
||
return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->Int64Result();
|
||
}
|
||
APValue &APValueResult() {
|
||
assert(getResultStorageKind() == ConstantResultStorageKind::APValue &&
|
||
"invalid accessor");
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<APValue>();
|
||
}
|
||
APValue &APValueResult() const {
|
||
return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->APValueResult();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ConstantExpr(Expr *SubExpr, ConstantResultStorageKind StorageKind,
|
||
bool IsImmediateInvocation);
|
||
ConstantExpr(EmptyShell Empty, ConstantResultStorageKind StorageKind);
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static ConstantExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E,
|
||
const APValue &Result);
|
||
static ConstantExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E,
|
||
ConstantResultStorageKind Storage = ConstantResultStorageKind::None,
|
||
bool IsImmediateInvocation = false);
|
||
static ConstantExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
|
||
ConstantResultStorageKind StorageKind);
|
||
|
||
static ConstantResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const APValue &Value);
|
||
static ConstantResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const Type *T,
|
||
const ASTContext &Context);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return SubExpr->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return SubExpr->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ConstantExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void SetResult(APValue Value, const ASTContext &Context) {
|
||
MoveIntoResult(Value, Context);
|
||
}
|
||
void MoveIntoResult(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Context);
|
||
|
||
APValue::ValueKind getResultAPValueKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<APValue::ValueKind>(ConstantExprBits.APValueKind);
|
||
}
|
||
ConstantResultStorageKind getResultStorageKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<ConstantResultStorageKind>(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind);
|
||
}
|
||
bool isImmediateInvocation() const {
|
||
return ConstantExprBits.IsImmediateInvocation;
|
||
}
|
||
bool hasAPValueResult() const {
|
||
return ConstantExprBits.APValueKind != APValue::None;
|
||
}
|
||
APValue getAPValueResult() const;
|
||
llvm::APSInt getResultAsAPSInt() const;
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
// Primary Expressions.
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
|
||
/// OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a
|
||
/// fixed type and value class. These don't correspond to concrete
|
||
/// syntax; instead they're used to express operations (usually copy
|
||
/// operations) on values whose source is generally obvious from
|
||
/// context.
|
||
class OpaqueValueExpr : public Expr {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
Expr *SourceExpr;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary, Expr *SourceExpr = nullptr)
|
||
: Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, T, VK, OK), SourceExpr(SourceExpr) {
|
||
setIsUnique(false);
|
||
OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc = Loc;
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Given an expression which invokes a copy constructor --- i.e. a
|
||
/// CXXConstructExpr, possibly wrapped in an ExprWithCleanups ---
|
||
/// find the OpaqueValueExpr that's the source of the construction.
|
||
static const OpaqueValueExpr *findInCopyConstruct(const Expr *expr);
|
||
|
||
explicit OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of this expression.
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getBeginLoc() : getLocation();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getEndLoc() : getLocation();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getExprLoc() : getLocation();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// The source expression of an opaque value expression is the
|
||
/// expression which originally generated the value. This is
|
||
/// provided as a convenience for analyses that don't wish to
|
||
/// precisely model the execution behavior of the program.
|
||
///
|
||
/// The source expression is typically set when building the
|
||
/// expression which binds the opaque value expression in the first
|
||
/// place.
|
||
Expr *getSourceExpr() const { return SourceExpr; }
|
||
|
||
void setIsUnique(bool V) {
|
||
assert((!V || SourceExpr) &&
|
||
"unique OVEs are expected to have source expressions");
|
||
OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique = V;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isUnique() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == OpaqueValueExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
|
||
/// [C99 6.5.1p2]
|
||
///
|
||
/// This encodes all the information about how a declaration is referenced
|
||
/// within an expression.
|
||
///
|
||
/// There are several optional constructs attached to DeclRefExprs only when
|
||
/// they apply in order to conserve memory. These are laid out past the end of
|
||
/// the object, and flags in the DeclRefExprBitfield track whether they exist:
|
||
///
|
||
/// DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier:
|
||
/// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a C++
|
||
/// nested-name-specifier.
|
||
/// DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl:
|
||
/// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a record of
|
||
/// a NamedDecl (different from the referenced ValueDecl) which was found
|
||
/// during name lookup and/or overload resolution.
|
||
/// DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo:
|
||
/// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has an explicit
|
||
/// C++ template keyword and/or template argument list.
|
||
/// DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture
|
||
/// Specifies when this declaration reference expression (validly)
|
||
/// refers to an enclosed local or a captured variable.
|
||
class DeclRefExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<DeclRefExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc,
|
||
NamedDecl *, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
|
||
TemplateArgumentLoc> {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
|
||
/// The declaration that we are referencing.
|
||
ValueDecl *D;
|
||
|
||
/// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name
|
||
/// embedded in D.
|
||
DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const {
|
||
return hasQualifier();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const {
|
||
return hasFoundDecl();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const {
|
||
return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Test whether there is a distinct FoundDecl attached to the end of
|
||
/// this DRE.
|
||
bool hasFoundDecl() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl; }
|
||
|
||
DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D,
|
||
bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture,
|
||
const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *FoundD,
|
||
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, QualType T,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, NonOdrUseReason NOUR);
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty declaration reference expression.
|
||
explicit DeclRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, ValueDecl *D,
|
||
bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, QualType T,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation L,
|
||
const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc(),
|
||
NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None);
|
||
|
||
static DeclRefExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D,
|
||
bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
||
QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
|
||
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
|
||
NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None);
|
||
|
||
static DeclRefExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D,
|
||
bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture,
|
||
const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
|
||
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
|
||
NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None);
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty declaration reference expression.
|
||
static DeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier,
|
||
bool HasFoundDecl,
|
||
bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
|
||
unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
|
||
|
||
ValueDecl *getDecl() { return D; }
|
||
const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { return D; }
|
||
void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD);
|
||
|
||
DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
|
||
return DeclarationNameInfo(getDecl()->getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return DeclRefExprBits.Loc; }
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { DeclRefExprBits.Loc = L; }
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a
|
||
/// C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c N::foo.
|
||
bool hasQualifier() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier; }
|
||
|
||
/// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier
|
||
/// that precedes the name, with source-location information.
|
||
NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasQualifier())
|
||
return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier
|
||
/// that precedes the name. Otherwise, returns NULL.
|
||
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
|
||
return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
|
||
///
|
||
/// This Decl may be different from the ValueDecl actually referred to in the
|
||
/// presence of using declarations, etc. It always returns non-NULL, and may
|
||
/// simple return the ValueDecl when appropriate.
|
||
|
||
NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() {
|
||
return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred.
|
||
/// See non-const variant.
|
||
const NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const {
|
||
return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
|
||
return DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
|
||
/// this name, if any.
|
||
SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
|
||
/// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
|
||
SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
|
||
/// explicit template argument list following the name, if any.
|
||
SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether the name in this declaration reference
|
||
/// was preceded by the template keyword.
|
||
bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an
|
||
/// explicit template argument list.
|
||
bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
|
||
/// structure.
|
||
void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
|
||
if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
|
||
getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
|
||
/// template-id.
|
||
const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
|
||
if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
|
||
return nullptr;
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
|
||
/// template-id.
|
||
unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
|
||
if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
|
||
return 0;
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const {
|
||
return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()};
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if this expression refers to a function that
|
||
/// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
|
||
bool hadMultipleCandidates() const {
|
||
return DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates;
|
||
}
|
||
/// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to
|
||
/// a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having size
|
||
/// greater than 1.
|
||
void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) {
|
||
DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why?
|
||
NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const {
|
||
return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(DeclRefExprBits.NonOdrUseReason);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Does this DeclRefExpr refer to an enclosing local or a captured
|
||
/// variable?
|
||
bool refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() const {
|
||
return DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isImmediateEscalating() const {
|
||
return DeclRefExprBits.IsImmediateEscalating;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setIsImmediateEscalating(bool Set) {
|
||
DeclRefExprBits.IsImmediateEscalating = Set;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isCapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter() const {
|
||
return DeclRefExprBits.CapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setCapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter(
|
||
bool Set, const ASTContext &Context) {
|
||
DeclRefExprBits.CapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter = Set;
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this, Context));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == DeclRefExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
class IntegerLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage {
|
||
SourceLocation Loc;
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty integer literal.
|
||
explicit IntegerLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(IntegerLiteralClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
// type should be IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy,
|
||
// or UnsignedLongLongTy
|
||
IntegerLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type,
|
||
SourceLocation l);
|
||
|
||
/// Returns a new integer literal with value 'V' and type 'type'.
|
||
/// \param type - either IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy,
|
||
/// UnsignedLongTy, or UnsignedLongLongTy which should match the size of V
|
||
/// \param V - the value that the returned integer literal contains.
|
||
static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V,
|
||
QualType type, SourceLocation l);
|
||
/// Returns a new empty integer literal.
|
||
static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the literal.
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
|
||
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == IntegerLiteralClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
class FixedPointLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage {
|
||
SourceLocation Loc;
|
||
unsigned Scale;
|
||
|
||
/// \brief Construct an empty fixed-point literal.
|
||
explicit FixedPointLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(FixedPointLiteralClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
FixedPointLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type,
|
||
SourceLocation l, unsigned Scale);
|
||
|
||
// Store the int as is without any bit shifting.
|
||
static FixedPointLiteral *CreateFromRawInt(const ASTContext &C,
|
||
const llvm::APInt &V,
|
||
QualType type, SourceLocation l,
|
||
unsigned Scale);
|
||
|
||
/// Returns an empty fixed-point literal.
|
||
static FixedPointLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
|
||
/// \brief Retrieve the location of the literal.
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
|
||
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
|
||
|
||
unsigned getScale() const { return Scale; }
|
||
void setScale(unsigned S) { Scale = S; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == FixedPointLiteralClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
std::string getValueAsString(unsigned Radix) const;
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
enum class CharacterLiteralKind { Ascii, Wide, UTF8, UTF16, UTF32 };
|
||
|
||
class CharacterLiteral : public Expr {
|
||
unsigned Value;
|
||
SourceLocation Loc;
|
||
public:
|
||
// type should be IntTy
|
||
CharacterLiteral(unsigned value, CharacterLiteralKind kind, QualType type,
|
||
SourceLocation l)
|
||
: Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, type, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary),
|
||
Value(value), Loc(l) {
|
||
CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = llvm::to_underlying(kind);
|
||
setDependence(ExprDependence::None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty character literal.
|
||
CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
|
||
CharacterLiteralKind getKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<CharacterLiteralKind>(CharacterLiteralBits.Kind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
|
||
unsigned getValue() const { return Value; }
|
||
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; }
|
||
void setKind(CharacterLiteralKind kind) {
|
||
CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = llvm::to_underlying(kind);
|
||
}
|
||
void setValue(unsigned Val) { Value = Val; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == CharacterLiteralClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void print(unsigned val, CharacterLiteralKind Kind, raw_ostream &OS);
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
class FloatingLiteral : public Expr, private APFloatStorage {
|
||
SourceLocation Loc;
|
||
|
||
FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, bool isexact,
|
||
QualType Type, SourceLocation L);
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty floating-point literal.
|
||
explicit FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V,
|
||
bool isexact, QualType Type, SourceLocation L);
|
||
static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty);
|
||
|
||
llvm::APFloat getValue() const {
|
||
return APFloatStorage::getValue(getSemantics());
|
||
}
|
||
void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) {
|
||
assert(&getSemantics() == &Val.getSemantics() && "Inconsistent semantics");
|
||
APFloatStorage::setValue(C, Val);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of
|
||
/// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialization.
|
||
llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics getRawSemantics() const {
|
||
return static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>(
|
||
FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of
|
||
/// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialization.
|
||
void setRawSemantics(llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics Sem) {
|
||
FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = Sem;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the APFloat semantics this literal uses.
|
||
const llvm::fltSemantics &getSemantics() const {
|
||
return llvm::APFloatBase::EnumToSemantics(
|
||
static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>(
|
||
FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Set the APFloat semantics this literal uses.
|
||
void setSemantics(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem) {
|
||
FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(Sem);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isExact() const { return FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact; }
|
||
void setExact(bool E) { FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// getValueAsApproximateDouble - This returns the value as an inaccurate
|
||
/// double. Note that this may cause loss of precision, but is useful for
|
||
/// debugging dumps, etc.
|
||
double getValueAsApproximateDouble() const;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == FloatingLiteralClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals,
|
||
/// like "1.0i". We represent these as a wrapper around FloatingLiteral and
|
||
/// IntegerLiteral classes. Instances of this class always have a Complex type
|
||
/// whose element type matches the subexpression.
|
||
///
|
||
class ImaginaryLiteral : public Expr {
|
||
Stmt *Val;
|
||
public:
|
||
ImaginaryLiteral(Expr *val, QualType Ty)
|
||
: Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(val) {
|
||
setDependence(ExprDependence::None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty imaginary literal.
|
||
explicit ImaginaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return Val->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getEndLoc(); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ImaginaryLiteralClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
enum class StringLiteralKind {
|
||
Ordinary,
|
||
Wide,
|
||
UTF8,
|
||
UTF16,
|
||
UTF32,
|
||
Unevaluated
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g. "foo"
|
||
/// or L"bar" (wide strings). The actual string data can be obtained with
|
||
/// getBytes() and is NOT null-terminated. The length of the string data is
|
||
/// determined by calling getByteLength().
|
||
///
|
||
/// The C type for a string is always a ConstantArrayType. In C++, the char
|
||
/// type is const qualified, in C it is not.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Note that strings in C can be formed by concatenation of multiple string
|
||
/// literal pptokens in translation phase #6. This keeps track of the locations
|
||
/// of each of these pieces.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Strings in C can also be truncated and extended by assigning into arrays,
|
||
/// e.g. with constructs like:
|
||
/// char X[2] = "foobar";
|
||
/// In this case, getByteLength() will return 6, but the string literal will
|
||
/// have type "char[2]".
|
||
class StringLiteral final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<StringLiteral, unsigned, SourceLocation,
|
||
char> {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
|
||
/// StringLiteral is followed by several trailing objects. They are in order:
|
||
///
|
||
/// * A single unsigned storing the length in characters of this string. The
|
||
/// length in bytes is this length times the width of a single character.
|
||
/// Always present and stored as a trailing objects because storing it in
|
||
/// StringLiteral would increase the size of StringLiteral by sizeof(void *)
|
||
/// due to alignment requirements. If you add some data to StringLiteral,
|
||
/// consider moving it inside StringLiteral.
|
||
///
|
||
/// * An array of getNumConcatenated() SourceLocation, one for each of the
|
||
/// token this string is made of.
|
||
///
|
||
/// * An array of getByteLength() char used to store the string data.
|
||
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<unsigned>) const { return 1; }
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const {
|
||
return getNumConcatenated();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<char>) const {
|
||
return getByteLength();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
char *getStrDataAsChar() { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); }
|
||
const char *getStrDataAsChar() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); }
|
||
|
||
const uint16_t *getStrDataAsUInt16() const {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<const uint16_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const uint32_t *getStrDataAsUInt32() const {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<const uint32_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build a string literal.
|
||
StringLiteral(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringLiteralKind Kind,
|
||
bool Pascal, QualType Ty, const SourceLocation *Loc,
|
||
unsigned NumConcatenated);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty string literal.
|
||
StringLiteral(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length,
|
||
unsigned CharByteWidth);
|
||
|
||
/// Map a target and string kind to the appropriate character width.
|
||
static unsigned mapCharByteWidth(TargetInfo const &Target,
|
||
StringLiteralKind SK);
|
||
|
||
/// Set one of the string literal token.
|
||
void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L) {
|
||
assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number");
|
||
getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum] = L;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of
|
||
/// strings formed from multiple concatenated tokens.
|
||
static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str,
|
||
StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty,
|
||
const SourceLocation *Loc,
|
||
unsigned NumConcatenated);
|
||
|
||
/// Simple constructor for string literals made from one token.
|
||
static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str,
|
||
StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty,
|
||
SourceLocation Loc) {
|
||
return Create(Ctx, Str, Kind, Pascal, Ty, &Loc, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty string literal.
|
||
static StringLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length,
|
||
unsigned CharByteWidth);
|
||
|
||
StringRef getString() const {
|
||
assert((isUnevaluated() || getCharByteWidth() == 1) &&
|
||
"This function is used in places that assume strings use char");
|
||
return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as
|
||
/// ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral().
|
||
StringRef getBytes() const {
|
||
// FIXME: StringRef may not be the right type to use as a result for this.
|
||
return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void outputString(raw_ostream &OS) const;
|
||
|
||
uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const {
|
||
assert(i < getLength() && "out of bounds access");
|
||
switch (getCharByteWidth()) {
|
||
case 1:
|
||
return static_cast<unsigned char>(getStrDataAsChar()[i]);
|
||
case 2:
|
||
return getStrDataAsUInt16()[i];
|
||
case 4:
|
||
return getStrDataAsUInt32()[i];
|
||
}
|
||
llvm_unreachable("Unsupported character width!");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Get code unit but preserve sign info.
|
||
int64_t getCodeUnitS(size_t I, uint64_t BitWidth) const {
|
||
int64_t V = getCodeUnit(I);
|
||
if (isOrdinary() || isWide()) {
|
||
unsigned Width = getCharByteWidth() * BitWidth;
|
||
llvm::APInt AInt(Width, (uint64_t)V);
|
||
V = AInt.getSExtValue();
|
||
}
|
||
return V;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getByteLength() const { return getCharByteWidth() * getLength(); }
|
||
unsigned getLength() const { return *getTrailingObjects<unsigned>(); }
|
||
unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return StringLiteralBits.CharByteWidth; }
|
||
|
||
StringLiteralKind getKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<StringLiteralKind>(StringLiteralBits.Kind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isOrdinary() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::Ordinary; }
|
||
bool isWide() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::Wide; }
|
||
bool isUTF8() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::UTF8; }
|
||
bool isUTF16() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::UTF16; }
|
||
bool isUTF32() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::UTF32; }
|
||
bool isUnevaluated() const { return getKind() == StringLiteralKind::Unevaluated; }
|
||
bool isPascal() const { return StringLiteralBits.IsPascal; }
|
||
|
||
bool containsNonAscii() const {
|
||
for (auto c : getString())
|
||
if (!isASCII(c))
|
||
return true;
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const {
|
||
for (auto c : getString())
|
||
if (!isASCII(c) || !c)
|
||
return true;
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were
|
||
/// concatenated in translation phase #6 to form this string literal.
|
||
unsigned getNumConcatenated() const {
|
||
return StringLiteralBits.NumConcatenated;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get one of the string literal token.
|
||
SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const {
|
||
assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number");
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getLocationOfByte - Return a source location that points to the specified
|
||
/// byte of this string literal.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Strings are amazingly complex. They can be formed from multiple tokens
|
||
/// and can have escape sequences in them in addition to the usual trigraph
|
||
/// and escaped newline business. This routine handles this complexity.
|
||
///
|
||
SourceLocation
|
||
getLocationOfByte(unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM,
|
||
const LangOptions &Features, const TargetInfo &Target,
|
||
unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
|
||
unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const;
|
||
|
||
typedef const SourceLocation *tokloc_iterator;
|
||
|
||
tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const {
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const {
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() + getNumConcatenated();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *tokloc_begin(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *(tokloc_end() - 1); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == StringLiteralClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
enum class PredefinedIdentKind {
|
||
Func,
|
||
Function,
|
||
LFunction, // Same as Function, but as wide string.
|
||
FuncDName,
|
||
FuncSig,
|
||
LFuncSig, // Same as FuncSig, but as wide string
|
||
PrettyFunction,
|
||
/// The same as PrettyFunction, except that the
|
||
/// 'virtual' keyword is omitted for virtual member functions.
|
||
PrettyFunctionNoVirtual
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// [C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as __func__.
|
||
class PredefinedExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<PredefinedExpr, Stmt *> {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
|
||
// PredefinedExpr is optionally followed by a single trailing
|
||
// "Stmt *" for the predefined identifier. It is present if and only if
|
||
// hasFunctionName() is true and is always a "StringLiteral *".
|
||
|
||
PredefinedExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType FNTy, PredefinedIdentKind IK,
|
||
bool IsTransparent, StringLiteral *SL);
|
||
|
||
explicit PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool HasFunctionName);
|
||
|
||
/// True if this PredefinedExpr has storage for a function name.
|
||
bool hasFunctionName() const { return PredefinedExprBits.HasFunctionName; }
|
||
|
||
void setFunctionName(StringLiteral *SL) {
|
||
assert(hasFunctionName() &&
|
||
"This PredefinedExpr has no storage for a function name!");
|
||
*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() = SL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Create a PredefinedExpr.
|
||
///
|
||
/// If IsTransparent, the PredefinedExpr is transparently handled as a
|
||
/// StringLiteral.
|
||
static PredefinedExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation L,
|
||
QualType FNTy, PredefinedIdentKind IK,
|
||
bool IsTransparent, StringLiteral *SL);
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty PredefinedExpr.
|
||
static PredefinedExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
bool HasFunctionName);
|
||
|
||
PredefinedIdentKind getIdentKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<PredefinedIdentKind>(PredefinedExprBits.Kind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isTransparent() const { return PredefinedExprBits.IsTransparent; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return PredefinedExprBits.Loc; }
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { PredefinedExprBits.Loc = L; }
|
||
|
||
StringLiteral *getFunctionName() {
|
||
return hasFunctionName()
|
||
? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>())
|
||
: nullptr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const StringLiteral *getFunctionName() const {
|
||
return hasFunctionName()
|
||
? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>())
|
||
: nullptr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static StringRef getIdentKindName(PredefinedIdentKind IK);
|
||
StringRef getIdentKindName() const {
|
||
return getIdentKindName(getIdentKind());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static std::string ComputeName(PredefinedIdentKind IK,
|
||
const Decl *CurrentDecl,
|
||
bool ForceElaboratedPrinting = false);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == PredefinedExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
// This represents a use of the __builtin_sycl_unique_stable_name, which takes a
|
||
// type-id, and at CodeGen time emits a unique string representation of the
|
||
// type in a way that permits us to properly encode information about the SYCL
|
||
// kernels.
|
||
class SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr final : public Expr {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
SourceLocation OpLoc, LParen, RParen;
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo;
|
||
|
||
SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(EmptyShell Empty, QualType ResultTy);
|
||
SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
|
||
SourceLocation RParen, QualType ResultTy,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *TSI);
|
||
|
||
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *Ty) { TypeInfo = Ty; }
|
||
|
||
void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
|
||
void setLParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { LParen = L; }
|
||
void setRParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { RParen = L; }
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() { return TypeInfo; }
|
||
|
||
const TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TypeInfo; }
|
||
|
||
static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
|
||
SourceLocation RParen, TypeSourceInfo *TSI);
|
||
|
||
static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParen; }
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getLParenLocation() const { return LParen; }
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLocation() const { return RParen; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == SYCLUniqueStableNameExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Convenience function to generate the name of the currently stored type.
|
||
std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const;
|
||
|
||
// Get the generated name of the type. Note that this only works after all
|
||
// kernels have been instantiated.
|
||
static std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty);
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ParenExpr - This represents a parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)". This
|
||
/// AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
|
||
class ParenExpr : public Expr {
|
||
SourceLocation L, R;
|
||
Stmt *Val;
|
||
public:
|
||
ParenExpr(SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r, Expr *val)
|
||
: Expr(ParenExprClass, val->getType(), val->getValueKind(),
|
||
val->getObjectKind()),
|
||
L(l), R(r), Val(val) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty parenthesized expression.
|
||
explicit ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ParenExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return L; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return R; }
|
||
|
||
/// Get the location of the left parentheses '('.
|
||
SourceLocation getLParen() const { return L; }
|
||
void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc) { L = Loc; }
|
||
|
||
/// Get the location of the right parentheses ')'.
|
||
SourceLocation getRParen() const { return R; }
|
||
void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc) { R = Loc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ParenExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
|
||
/// alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various
|
||
/// extensions.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Notes on various nodes:
|
||
///
|
||
/// Real/Imag - These return the real/imag part of a complex operand. If
|
||
/// applied to a non-complex value, the former returns its operand and the
|
||
/// later returns zero in the type of the operand.
|
||
///
|
||
class UnaryOperator final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnaryOperator, FPOptionsOverride> {
|
||
Stmt *Val;
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FPOptionsOverride>) const {
|
||
return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures ? 1 : 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() {
|
||
assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures);
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures);
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
typedef UnaryOperatorKind Opcode;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
UnaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l,
|
||
bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty unary operator.
|
||
explicit UnaryOperator(bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, Empty) {
|
||
UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = UO_AddrOf;
|
||
UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static UnaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
static UnaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *input, Opcode opc,
|
||
QualType type, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l,
|
||
bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
Opcode getOpcode() const {
|
||
return static_cast<Opcode>(UnaryOperatorBits.Opc);
|
||
}
|
||
void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
|
||
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.Loc; }
|
||
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { UnaryOperatorBits.Loc = L; }
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow. For instance,
|
||
/// signed int i = INT_MAX; i++;
|
||
/// signed char c = CHAR_MAX; c++;
|
||
/// Due to integer promotions, c++ is promoted to an int before the postfix
|
||
/// increment, and the result is an int that cannot overflow. However, i++
|
||
/// can overflow.
|
||
bool canOverflow() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow; }
|
||
void setCanOverflow(bool C) { UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow = C; }
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FP contractibility status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++.
|
||
static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op) {
|
||
return Op == UO_PostInc || Op == UO_PostDec;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like --x.
|
||
static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op) {
|
||
return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PreDec;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isPrefix() const { return isPrefix(getOpcode()); }
|
||
bool isPostfix() const { return isPostfix(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op) {
|
||
return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PostInc;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isIncrementOp() const {
|
||
return isIncrementOp(getOpcode());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op) {
|
||
return Op == UO_PreDec || Op == UO_PostDec;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isDecrementOp() const {
|
||
return isDecrementOp(getOpcode());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { return Op <= UO_PreDec; }
|
||
bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const {
|
||
return isIncrementDecrementOp(getOpcode());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op) {
|
||
return Op >= UO_Plus && Op <= UO_LNot;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isArithmeticOp() const { return isArithmeticOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
/// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it
|
||
/// corresponds to, e.g. "sizeof" or "[pre]++"
|
||
static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op);
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the unary opcode that corresponds to the given
|
||
/// overloaded operator.
|
||
static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, bool Postfix);
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to
|
||
/// the given unary opcode.
|
||
static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return isPostfix() ? Val->getBeginLoc() : getOperatorLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return isPostfix() ? getOperatorLoc() : Val->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryOperatorClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Is FPFeatures in Trailing Storage?
|
||
bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; }
|
||
|
||
/// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const {
|
||
return getTrailingFPFeatures();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the store FPOptionsOverride or default if not stored.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeaturesOrDefault() const {
|
||
return hasStoredFPFeatures() ? getStoredFPFeatures() : FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
/// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used by Serialization & ASTImporter.
|
||
void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; }
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures)
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO);
|
||
return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO);
|
||
}
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getFPOptionsOverride() const {
|
||
if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures)
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures();
|
||
return FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
|
||
friend class ASTReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
|
||
|
||
// __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
|
||
class OffsetOfNode {
|
||
public:
|
||
/// The kind of offsetof node we have.
|
||
enum Kind {
|
||
/// An index into an array.
|
||
Array = 0x00,
|
||
/// A field.
|
||
Field = 0x01,
|
||
/// A field in a dependent type, known only by its name.
|
||
Identifier = 0x02,
|
||
/// An implicit indirection through a C++ base class, when the
|
||
/// field found is in a base class.
|
||
Base = 0x03
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
enum { MaskBits = 2, Mask = 0x03 };
|
||
|
||
/// The source range that covers this part of the designator.
|
||
SourceRange Range;
|
||
|
||
/// The data describing the designator, which comes in three
|
||
/// different forms, depending on the lower two bits.
|
||
/// - An unsigned index into the array of Expr*'s stored after this node
|
||
/// in memory, for [constant-expression] designators.
|
||
/// - A FieldDecl*, for references to a known field.
|
||
/// - An IdentifierInfo*, for references to a field with a given name
|
||
/// when the class type is dependent.
|
||
/// - A CXXBaseSpecifier*, for references that look at a field in a
|
||
/// base class.
|
||
uintptr_t Data;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element.
|
||
OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
|
||
: Range(LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc), Data((Index << 2) | Array) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an offsetof node that refers to a field.
|
||
OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation NameLoc)
|
||
: Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc),
|
||
Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Field) | OffsetOfNode::Field) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier.
|
||
OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
|
||
SourceLocation NameLoc)
|
||
: Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc),
|
||
Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name) | Identifier) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class.
|
||
explicit OffsetOfNode(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base)
|
||
: Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Base) | OffsetOfNode::Base) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
|
||
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Data & Mask); }
|
||
|
||
/// For an array element node, returns the index into the array
|
||
/// of expressions.
|
||
unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const {
|
||
assert(getKind() == Array);
|
||
return Data >> 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// For a field offsetof node, returns the field.
|
||
FieldDecl *getField() const {
|
||
assert(getKind() == Field);
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// For a field or identifier offsetof node, returns the name of
|
||
/// the field.
|
||
IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const;
|
||
|
||
/// For a base class node, returns the base specifier.
|
||
CXXBaseSpecifier *getBase() const {
|
||
assert(getKind() == Base);
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node.
|
||
///
|
||
/// For an array element node, the source range contains the locations of
|
||
/// the square brackets. For a field or identifier node, the source range
|
||
/// contains the location of the period (if there is one) and the
|
||
/// identifier.
|
||
SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form
|
||
/// offsetof(record-type, member-designator). For example, given:
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// struct S {
|
||
/// float f;
|
||
/// double d;
|
||
/// };
|
||
/// struct T {
|
||
/// int i;
|
||
/// struct S s[10];
|
||
/// };
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
/// we can represent and evaluate the expression @c offsetof(struct T, s[2].d).
|
||
|
||
class OffsetOfExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<OffsetOfExpr, OffsetOfNode, Expr *> {
|
||
SourceLocation OperatorLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
// Base type;
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
|
||
// Number of sub-components (i.e. instances of OffsetOfNode).
|
||
unsigned NumComps;
|
||
// Number of sub-expressions (i.e. array subscript expressions).
|
||
unsigned NumExprs;
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<OffsetOfNode>) const {
|
||
return NumComps;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
OffsetOfExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType type,
|
||
SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi,
|
||
ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc);
|
||
|
||
explicit OffsetOfExpr(unsigned numComps, unsigned numExprs)
|
||
: Expr(OffsetOfExprClass, EmptyShell()),
|
||
TSInfo(nullptr), NumComps(numComps), NumExprs(numExprs) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
|
||
static OffsetOfExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType type,
|
||
SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi,
|
||
ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
|
||
|
||
static OffsetOfExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C,
|
||
unsigned NumComps, unsigned NumExprs);
|
||
|
||
/// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator.
|
||
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; }
|
||
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OperatorLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
/// Return the location of the right parentheses.
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R) { RParenLoc = R; }
|
||
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
|
||
return TSInfo;
|
||
}
|
||
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tsi) {
|
||
TSInfo = tsi;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const OffsetOfNode &getComponent(unsigned Idx) const {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON) {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx] = ON;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getNumComponents() const {
|
||
return NumComps;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Expr* getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr* E) {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx] = E;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getNumExpressions() const {
|
||
return NumExprs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == OffsetOfExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>());
|
||
return child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
Stmt *const *begin =
|
||
reinterpret_cast<Stmt *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>());
|
||
return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated)
|
||
/// expression operand. Used for sizeof/alignof (C99 6.5.3.4) and
|
||
/// vec_step (OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12).
|
||
class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr : public Expr {
|
||
union {
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *Ty;
|
||
Stmt *Ex;
|
||
} Argument;
|
||
SourceLocation OpLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
||
QualType resultType, SourceLocation op,
|
||
SourceLocation rp)
|
||
: Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_PRValue,
|
||
OK_Ordinary),
|
||
OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) {
|
||
assert(ExprKind <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!");
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind;
|
||
assert(static_cast<unsigned>(ExprKind) ==
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind &&
|
||
"UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!");
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true;
|
||
Argument.Ty = TInfo;
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, Expr *E,
|
||
QualType resultType, SourceLocation op,
|
||
SourceLocation rp);
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression.
|
||
explicit UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTrait>(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind);
|
||
}
|
||
void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K) {
|
||
assert(K <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!");
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = K;
|
||
assert(static_cast<unsigned>(K) == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind &&
|
||
"UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isArgumentType() const { return UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType; }
|
||
QualType getArgumentType() const {
|
||
return getArgumentTypeInfo()->getType();
|
||
}
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getArgumentTypeInfo() const {
|
||
assert(isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentType() when arg is expr");
|
||
return Argument.Ty;
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getArgumentExpr() {
|
||
assert(!isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentExpr() when arg is type");
|
||
return static_cast<Expr*>(Argument.Ex);
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getArgumentExpr() const {
|
||
return const_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr*>(this)->getArgumentExpr();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setArgument(Expr *E) {
|
||
Argument.Ex = E;
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false;
|
||
}
|
||
void setArgument(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
|
||
Argument.Ty = TInfo;
|
||
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever
|
||
/// is appropriate.
|
||
QualType getTypeOfArgument() const {
|
||
return isArgumentType() ? getArgumentType() : getArgumentExpr()->getType();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; }
|
||
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children();
|
||
const_child_range children() const;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
// Postfix Operators.
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
|
||
/// ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
|
||
class ArraySubscriptExpr : public Expr {
|
||
enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR];
|
||
|
||
bool lhsIsBase() const { return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType(); }
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
ArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation rbracketloc)
|
||
: Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, t, VK, OK) {
|
||
SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
|
||
SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
|
||
ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = rbracketloc;
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty array subscript expression.
|
||
explicit ArraySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
|
||
: Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, Shell) { }
|
||
|
||
/// An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
|
||
/// - getBase() and getIdx() always present the normalized view: A[4].
|
||
/// In this case getBase() returns "A" and getIdx() returns "4".
|
||
/// - getLHS() and getRHS() present the syntactic view. e.g. for
|
||
/// 4[A] getLHS() returns "4".
|
||
/// Note: Because vector element access is also written A[4] we must
|
||
/// predicate the format conversion in getBase and getIdx only on the
|
||
/// the type of the RHS, as it is possible for the LHS to be a vector of
|
||
/// integer type
|
||
Expr *getLHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
|
||
const Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
|
||
void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getRHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
|
||
const Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
|
||
void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getBase() { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); }
|
||
const Expr *getBase() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getIdx() { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); }
|
||
const Expr *getIdx() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getLHS()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const {
|
||
return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) {
|
||
ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBase()->getExprLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySubscriptExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// MatrixSubscriptExpr - Matrix subscript expression for the MatrixType
|
||
/// extension.
|
||
/// MatrixSubscriptExpr can be either incomplete (only Base and RowIdx are set
|
||
/// so far, the type is IncompleteMatrixIdx) or complete (Base, RowIdx and
|
||
/// ColumnIdx refer to valid expressions). Incomplete matrix expressions only
|
||
/// exist during the initial construction of the AST.
|
||
class MatrixSubscriptExpr : public Expr {
|
||
enum { BASE, ROW_IDX, COLUMN_IDX, END_EXPR };
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR];
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
MatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, Expr *ColumnIdx, QualType T,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
|
||
: Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, T, Base->getValueKind(),
|
||
OK_MatrixComponent) {
|
||
SubExprs[BASE] = Base;
|
||
SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = RowIdx;
|
||
SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = ColumnIdx;
|
||
ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc;
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty matrix subscript expression.
|
||
explicit MatrixSubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
|
||
: Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, Shell) {}
|
||
|
||
bool isIncomplete() const {
|
||
bool IsIncomplete = hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx);
|
||
assert((SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] || IsIncomplete) &&
|
||
"expressions without column index must be marked as incomplete");
|
||
return IsIncomplete;
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
|
||
const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
|
||
void setBase(Expr *E) { SubExprs[BASE] = E; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getRowIdx() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); }
|
||
const Expr *getRowIdx() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); }
|
||
void setRowIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = E; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getColumnIdx() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); }
|
||
const Expr *getColumnIdx() const {
|
||
assert(!isIncomplete() &&
|
||
"cannot get the column index of an incomplete expression");
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]);
|
||
}
|
||
void setColumnIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = E; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBase()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBase()->getExprLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const {
|
||
return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) {
|
||
ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == MatrixSubscriptExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
|
||
/// CallExpr itself represents a normal function call, e.g., "f(x, 2)",
|
||
/// while its subclasses may represent alternative syntax that (semantically)
|
||
/// results in a function call. For example, CXXOperatorCallExpr is
|
||
/// a subclass for overloaded operator calls that use operator syntax, e.g.,
|
||
/// "str1 + str2" to resolve to a function call.
|
||
class CallExpr : public Expr {
|
||
enum { FN = 0, PREARGS_START = 1 };
|
||
|
||
/// The number of arguments in the call expression.
|
||
unsigned NumArgs;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the right parentheses. This has a different meaning for
|
||
/// the derived classes of CallExpr.
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
// CallExpr store some data in trailing objects. However since CallExpr
|
||
// is used a base of other expression classes we cannot use
|
||
// llvm::TrailingObjects. Instead we manually perform the pointer arithmetic
|
||
// and casts.
|
||
//
|
||
// The trailing objects are in order:
|
||
//
|
||
// * A single "Stmt *" for the callee expression.
|
||
//
|
||
// * An array of getNumPreArgs() "Stmt *" for the pre-argument expressions.
|
||
//
|
||
// * An array of getNumArgs() "Stmt *" for the argument expressions.
|
||
//
|
||
// * An optional of type FPOptionsOverride.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note that we store the offset in bytes from the this pointer to the start
|
||
// of the trailing objects. It would be perfectly possible to compute it
|
||
// based on the dynamic kind of the CallExpr. However 1.) we have plenty of
|
||
// space in the bit-fields of Stmt. 2.) It was benchmarked to be faster to
|
||
// compute this once and then load the offset from the bit-fields of Stmt,
|
||
// instead of re-computing the offset each time the trailing objects are
|
||
// accessed.
|
||
|
||
/// Return a pointer to the start of the trailing array of "Stmt *".
|
||
Stmt **getTrailingStmts() {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) +
|
||
CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects);
|
||
}
|
||
Stmt *const *getTrailingStmts() const {
|
||
return const_cast<CallExpr *>(this)->getTrailingStmts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Map a statement class to the appropriate offset in bytes from the
|
||
/// this pointer to the trailing objects.
|
||
static unsigned offsetToTrailingObjects(StmtClass SC);
|
||
|
||
unsigned getSizeOfTrailingStmts() const {
|
||
return (1 + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()) * sizeof(Stmt *);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
size_t getOffsetOfTrailingFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
return CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
enum class ADLCallKind : bool { NotADL, UsesADL };
|
||
static constexpr ADLCallKind NotADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL;
|
||
static constexpr ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::UsesADL;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
/// Build a call expression, assuming that appropriate storage has been
|
||
/// allocated for the trailing objects.
|
||
CallExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> PreArgs,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures,
|
||
unsigned MinNumArgs, ADLCallKind UsesADL);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty call expression, for deserialization.
|
||
CallExpr(StmtClass SC, unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs,
|
||
bool hasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty);
|
||
|
||
/// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects.
|
||
/// Used by the derived classes to allocate the right amount of storage.
|
||
static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures) {
|
||
return (1 + NumPreArgs + NumArgs) * sizeof(Stmt *) +
|
||
HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) {
|
||
assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
|
||
return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I];
|
||
}
|
||
const Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) const {
|
||
assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
|
||
return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I];
|
||
}
|
||
void setPreArg(unsigned I, Stmt *PreArg) {
|
||
assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!");
|
||
getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I] = PreArg;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getNumPreArgs() const { return CallExprBits.NumPreArgs; }
|
||
|
||
/// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions
|
||
FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>(
|
||
reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects +
|
||
getSizeOfTrailingStmts());
|
||
}
|
||
const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>(
|
||
reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) +
|
||
CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Create a call expression.
|
||
/// \param Fn The callee expression,
|
||
/// \param Args The argument array,
|
||
/// \param Ty The type of the call expression (which is *not* the return
|
||
/// type in general),
|
||
/// \param VK The value kind of the call expression (lvalue, rvalue, ...),
|
||
/// \param RParenLoc The location of the right parenthesis in the call
|
||
/// expression.
|
||
/// \param FPFeatures Floating-point features associated with the call,
|
||
/// \param MinNumArgs Specifies the minimum number of arguments. The actual
|
||
/// number of arguments will be the greater of Args.size()
|
||
/// and MinNumArgs. This is used in a few places to allocate
|
||
/// enough storage for the default arguments.
|
||
/// \param UsesADL Specifies whether the callee was found through
|
||
/// argument-dependent lookup.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Note that you can use CreateTemporary if you need a temporary call
|
||
/// expression on the stack.
|
||
static CallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
|
||
FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, unsigned MinNumArgs = 0,
|
||
ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL);
|
||
|
||
/// Create a temporary call expression with no arguments in the memory
|
||
/// pointed to by Mem. Mem must points to at least sizeof(CallExpr)
|
||
/// + sizeof(Stmt *) bytes of storage, aligned to alignof(CallExpr):
|
||
///
|
||
/// \code{.cpp}
|
||
/// alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)];
|
||
/// CallExpr *TheCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary(Buffer, etc);
|
||
/// \endcode
|
||
static CallExpr *CreateTemporary(void *Mem, Expr *Fn, QualType Ty,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
|
||
ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL);
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty call expression, for deserialization.
|
||
static CallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty);
|
||
|
||
Expr *getCallee() { return cast<Expr>(getTrailingStmts()[FN]); }
|
||
const Expr *getCallee() const { return cast<Expr>(getTrailingStmts()[FN]); }
|
||
void setCallee(Expr *F) { getTrailingStmts()[FN] = F; }
|
||
|
||
ADLCallKind getADLCallKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<ADLCallKind>(CallExprBits.UsesADL);
|
||
}
|
||
void setADLCallKind(ADLCallKind V = UsesADL) {
|
||
CallExprBits.UsesADL = static_cast<bool>(V);
|
||
}
|
||
bool usesADL() const { return getADLCallKind() == UsesADL; }
|
||
|
||
bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CallExprBits.HasFPFeatures; }
|
||
|
||
Decl *getCalleeDecl() { return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); }
|
||
const Decl *getCalleeDecl() const {
|
||
return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null.
|
||
FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() {
|
||
return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCalleeDecl());
|
||
}
|
||
const FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() const {
|
||
return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCalleeDecl());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
|
||
unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the call arguments.
|
||
Expr **getArgs() {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START +
|
||
getNumPreArgs());
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *const *getArgs() const {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<const Expr *const *>(
|
||
getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getArg - Return the specified argument.
|
||
Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) {
|
||
assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!");
|
||
return getArgs()[Arg];
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const {
|
||
assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!");
|
||
return getArgs()[Arg];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// setArg - Set the specified argument.
|
||
/// ! the dependence bits might be stale after calling this setter, it is
|
||
/// *caller*'s responsibility to recompute them by calling
|
||
/// computeDependence().
|
||
void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) {
|
||
assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!");
|
||
getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Compute and set dependence bits.
|
||
void computeDependence() {
|
||
setDependence(clang::computeDependence(
|
||
this, llvm::ArrayRef(
|
||
reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START),
|
||
getNumPreArgs())));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Reduce the number of arguments in this call expression. This is used for
|
||
/// example during error recovery to drop extra arguments. There is no way
|
||
/// to perform the opposite because: 1.) We don't track how much storage
|
||
/// we have for the argument array 2.) This would potentially require growing
|
||
/// the argument array, something we cannot support since the arguments are
|
||
/// stored in a trailing array.
|
||
void shrinkNumArgs(unsigned NewNumArgs) {
|
||
assert((NewNumArgs <= getNumArgs()) &&
|
||
"shrinkNumArgs cannot increase the number of arguments!");
|
||
NumArgs = NewNumArgs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Bluntly set a new number of arguments without doing any checks whatsoever.
|
||
/// Only used during construction of a CallExpr in a few places in Sema.
|
||
/// FIXME: Find a way to remove it.
|
||
void setNumArgsUnsafe(unsigned NewNumArgs) { NumArgs = NewNumArgs; }
|
||
|
||
typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator;
|
||
typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator;
|
||
typedef llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> arg_range;
|
||
typedef llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> const_arg_range;
|
||
|
||
arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); }
|
||
const_arg_range arguments() const {
|
||
return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
arg_iterator arg_begin() {
|
||
return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs();
|
||
}
|
||
arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); }
|
||
|
||
const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const {
|
||
return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs();
|
||
}
|
||
const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); }
|
||
|
||
/// This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of
|
||
/// a CallExpr without going through the slower virtual child_iterator
|
||
/// interface. This provides efficient reverse iteration of the
|
||
/// subexpressions. This is currently used for CFG construction.
|
||
ArrayRef<Stmt *> getRawSubExprs() {
|
||
return llvm::ArrayRef(getTrailingStmts(),
|
||
PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
return *getTrailingFPFeatures();
|
||
}
|
||
/// Set FPOptionsOverride in trailing storage. Used only by Serialization.
|
||
void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
*getTrailingFPFeatures() = F;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the store FPOptionsOverride or default if not stored.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeaturesOrDefault() const {
|
||
return hasStoredFPFeatures() ? getStoredFPFeatures() : FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO);
|
||
return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const {
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures();
|
||
return FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getBuiltinCallee - If this is a call to a builtin, return the builtin ID
|
||
/// of the callee. If not, return 0.
|
||
unsigned getBuiltinCallee() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns \c true if this is a call to a builtin which does not
|
||
/// evaluate side-effects within its arguments.
|
||
bool isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr. This is not
|
||
/// always the type of the expr itself, if the return type is a reference
|
||
/// type.
|
||
QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on the called
|
||
/// function, or its return type declaration.
|
||
const Attr *getUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if this call expression should warn on unused results.
|
||
bool hasUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
|
||
return getUnusedResultAttr(Ctx) != nullptr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
/// Return true if this is a call to __assume() or __builtin_assume() with
|
||
/// a non-value-dependent constant parameter evaluating as false.
|
||
bool isBuiltinAssumeFalse(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Used by Sema to implement MSVC-compatible delayed name lookup.
|
||
/// (Usually Exprs themselves should set dependence).
|
||
void markDependentForPostponedNameLookup() {
|
||
setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isCallToStdMove() const;
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCallExprConstant &&
|
||
T->getStmtClass() <= lastCallExprConstant;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(getTrailingStmts(), getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START +
|
||
getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(getTrailingStmts(),
|
||
getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START +
|
||
getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members. X->F and X.F.
|
||
///
|
||
class MemberExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<MemberExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc,
|
||
DeclAccessPair, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
|
||
TemplateArgumentLoc> {
|
||
friend class ASTReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
|
||
/// Base - the expression for the base pointer or structure references. In
|
||
/// X.F, this is "X".
|
||
Stmt *Base;
|
||
|
||
/// MemberDecl - This is the decl being referenced by the field/member name.
|
||
/// In X.F, this is the decl referenced by F.
|
||
ValueDecl *MemberDecl;
|
||
|
||
/// MemberDNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the
|
||
/// declaration name embedded in MemberDecl.
|
||
DeclarationNameLoc MemberDNLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// MemberLoc - This is the location of the member name.
|
||
SourceLocation MemberLoc;
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const {
|
||
return hasQualifier();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<DeclAccessPair>) const {
|
||
return hasFoundDecl();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const {
|
||
return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool hasFoundDecl() const { return MemberExprBits.HasFoundDecl; }
|
||
|
||
bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const {
|
||
return MemberExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
|
||
NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
|
||
ValueDecl *MemberDecl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
|
||
const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
|
||
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, QualType T,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, NonOdrUseReason NOUR);
|
||
MemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(MemberExprClass, Empty), Base(), MemberDecl() {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static MemberExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool IsArrow,
|
||
SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
|
||
NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *MemberDecl,
|
||
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
|
||
DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo,
|
||
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
|
||
QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
|
||
NonOdrUseReason NOUR);
|
||
|
||
/// Create an implicit MemberExpr, with no location, qualifier, template
|
||
/// arguments, and so on. Suitable only for non-static member access.
|
||
static MemberExpr *CreateImplicit(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base,
|
||
bool IsArrow, ValueDecl *MemberDecl,
|
||
QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK) {
|
||
return Create(C, Base, IsArrow, SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
|
||
SourceLocation(), MemberDecl,
|
||
DeclAccessPair::make(MemberDecl, MemberDecl->getAccess()),
|
||
DeclarationNameInfo(), nullptr, T, VK, OK, NOUR_None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static MemberExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier,
|
||
bool HasFoundDecl,
|
||
bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo,
|
||
unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
|
||
|
||
void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
|
||
Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
|
||
///
|
||
/// The returned declaration will be a FieldDecl or (in C++) a VarDecl (for
|
||
/// static data members), a CXXMethodDecl, or an EnumConstantDecl.
|
||
ValueDecl *getMemberDecl() const { return MemberDecl; }
|
||
void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D);
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieves the declaration found by lookup.
|
||
DeclAccessPair getFoundDecl() const {
|
||
if (!hasFoundDecl())
|
||
return DeclAccessPair::make(getMemberDecl(),
|
||
getMemberDecl()->getAccess());
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<DeclAccessPair>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether this member expression actually had
|
||
/// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g.,
|
||
/// x->Base::foo.
|
||
bool hasQualifier() const { return MemberExprBits.HasQualifier; }
|
||
|
||
/// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
|
||
/// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, with source-location
|
||
/// information.
|
||
NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasQualifier())
|
||
return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
|
||
return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the
|
||
/// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns
|
||
/// NULL.
|
||
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
|
||
return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding
|
||
/// the member name, if any.
|
||
SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the
|
||
/// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
|
||
SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the
|
||
/// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any.
|
||
SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const {
|
||
if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo())
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword.
|
||
bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether the member name was followed by an
|
||
/// explicit template argument list.
|
||
bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given
|
||
/// structure.
|
||
void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const {
|
||
if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
|
||
getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this
|
||
/// template-id.
|
||
const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
|
||
if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
|
||
return nullptr;
|
||
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this
|
||
/// template-id.
|
||
unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const {
|
||
if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const {
|
||
return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()};
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the member declaration name info.
|
||
DeclarationNameInfo getMemberNameInfo() const {
|
||
return DeclarationNameInfo(MemberDecl->getDeclName(),
|
||
MemberLoc, MemberDNLoc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return MemberExprBits.OperatorLoc; }
|
||
|
||
bool isArrow() const { return MemberExprBits.IsArrow; }
|
||
void setArrow(bool A) { MemberExprBits.IsArrow = A; }
|
||
|
||
/// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the
|
||
/// location of 'F'.
|
||
SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; }
|
||
void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { MemberLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return MemberLoc; }
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit.
|
||
bool isImplicitAccess() const {
|
||
return getBase() && getBase()->isImplicitCXXThis();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that
|
||
/// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1.
|
||
bool hadMultipleCandidates() const {
|
||
return MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates;
|
||
}
|
||
/// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to
|
||
/// a method that was resolved from an overloaded set having size
|
||
/// greater than 1.
|
||
void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) {
|
||
MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Returns true if virtual dispatch is performed.
|
||
/// If the member access is fully qualified, (i.e. X::f()), virtual
|
||
/// dispatching is not performed. In -fapple-kext mode qualified
|
||
/// calls to virtual method will still go through the vtable.
|
||
bool performsVirtualDispatch(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
return LO.AppleKext || !hasQualifier();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why?
|
||
/// This is only meaningful if the named member is a static member.
|
||
NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const {
|
||
return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(MemberExprBits.NonOdrUseReason);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == MemberExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5]
|
||
///
|
||
class CompoundLiteralExpr : public Expr {
|
||
/// LParenLoc - If non-null, this is the location of the left paren in a
|
||
/// compound literal like "(int){4}". This can be null if this is a
|
||
/// synthesized compound expression.
|
||
SourceLocation LParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// The type as written. This can be an incomplete array type, in
|
||
/// which case the actual expression type will be different.
|
||
/// The int part of the pair stores whether this expr is file scope.
|
||
llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfoAndScope;
|
||
Stmt *Init;
|
||
public:
|
||
CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation lparenloc, TypeSourceInfo *tinfo,
|
||
QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope)
|
||
: Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary),
|
||
LParenLoc(lparenloc), TInfoAndScope(tinfo, fileScope), Init(init) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty compound literal.
|
||
explicit CompoundLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getInitializer() const { return cast<Expr>(Init); }
|
||
Expr *getInitializer() { return cast<Expr>(Init); }
|
||
void setInitializer(Expr *E) { Init = E; }
|
||
|
||
bool isFileScope() const { return TInfoAndScope.getInt(); }
|
||
void setFileScope(bool FS) { TInfoAndScope.setInt(FS); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
|
||
void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
|
||
return TInfoAndScope.getPointer();
|
||
}
|
||
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tinfo) {
|
||
TInfoAndScope.setPointer(tinfo);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
// FIXME: Init should never be null.
|
||
if (!Init)
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
if (LParenLoc.isInvalid())
|
||
return Init->getBeginLoc();
|
||
return LParenLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
// FIXME: Init should never be null.
|
||
if (!Init)
|
||
return SourceLocation();
|
||
return Init->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundLiteralExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Init, &Init+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Init, &Init + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit
|
||
/// casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit casts that have some
|
||
/// representation in the source code (ExplicitCastExpr's derived
|
||
/// classes).
|
||
class CastExpr : public Expr {
|
||
Stmt *Op;
|
||
|
||
bool CastConsistency() const;
|
||
|
||
const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_buffer() const {
|
||
return const_cast<CastExpr*>(this)->path_buffer();
|
||
}
|
||
CXXBaseSpecifier **path_buffer();
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
CastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, const CastKind kind,
|
||
Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize, bool HasFPFeatures)
|
||
: Expr(SC, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary), Op(op) {
|
||
CastExprBits.Kind = kind;
|
||
CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false;
|
||
CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize;
|
||
assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) &&
|
||
"BasePathSize overflow!");
|
||
assert(CastConsistency());
|
||
CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty cast.
|
||
CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures)
|
||
: Expr(SC, Empty) {
|
||
CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false;
|
||
CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize;
|
||
CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures;
|
||
assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) &&
|
||
"BasePathSize overflow!");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions.
|
||
/// \pre hasStoredFPFeatures() == true
|
||
FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures();
|
||
const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const {
|
||
return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getTrailingFPFeatures();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
CastKind getCastKind() const { return (CastKind) CastExprBits.Kind; }
|
||
void setCastKind(CastKind K) { CastExprBits.Kind = K; }
|
||
|
||
static const char *getCastKindName(CastKind CK);
|
||
const char *getCastKindName() const { return getCastKindName(getCastKind()); }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Op); }
|
||
const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Op); }
|
||
void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Op = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the cast subexpression as it was written in the source
|
||
/// code, looking through any implicit casts or other intermediate nodes
|
||
/// introduced by semantic analysis.
|
||
Expr *getSubExprAsWritten();
|
||
const Expr *getSubExprAsWritten() const {
|
||
return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getSubExprAsWritten();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If this cast applies a user-defined conversion, retrieve the conversion
|
||
/// function that it invokes.
|
||
NamedDecl *getConversionFunction() const;
|
||
|
||
typedef CXXBaseSpecifier **path_iterator;
|
||
typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier *const *path_const_iterator;
|
||
bool path_empty() const { return path_size() == 0; }
|
||
unsigned path_size() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathSize; }
|
||
path_iterator path_begin() { return path_buffer(); }
|
||
path_iterator path_end() { return path_buffer() + path_size(); }
|
||
path_const_iterator path_begin() const { return path_buffer(); }
|
||
path_const_iterator path_end() const { return path_buffer() + path_size(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Path through the class hierarchy taken by casts between base and derived
|
||
/// classes (see implementation of `CastConsistency()` for a full list of
|
||
/// cast kinds that have a path).
|
||
///
|
||
/// For each derived-to-base edge in the path, the path contains a
|
||
/// `CXXBaseSpecifier` for the base class of that edge; the entries are
|
||
/// ordered from derived class to base class.
|
||
///
|
||
/// For example, given classes `Base`, `Intermediate : public Base` and
|
||
/// `Derived : public Intermediate`, the path for a cast from `Derived *` to
|
||
/// `Base *` contains two entries: One for `Intermediate`, and one for `Base`,
|
||
/// in that order.
|
||
llvm::iterator_range<path_iterator> path() {
|
||
return llvm::make_range(path_begin(), path_end());
|
||
}
|
||
llvm::iterator_range<path_const_iterator> path() const {
|
||
return llvm::make_range(path_begin(), path_end());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const FieldDecl *getTargetUnionField() const {
|
||
assert(getCastKind() == CK_ToUnion);
|
||
return getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(getType(), getSubExpr()->getType());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures; }
|
||
|
||
/// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
return *getTrailingFPFeatures();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the store FPOptionsOverride or default if not stored.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeaturesOrDefault() const {
|
||
return hasStoredFPFeatures() ? getStoredFPFeatures() : FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FP features status of this operation. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO);
|
||
return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const {
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures();
|
||
return FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return
|
||
// True : if this conversion changes the volatile-ness of a gl-value.
|
||
// Qualification conversions on gl-values currently use CK_NoOp, but
|
||
// it's important to recognize volatile-changing conversions in
|
||
// clients code generation that normally eagerly peephole loads. Note
|
||
// that the query is answering for this specific node; Sema may
|
||
// produce multiple cast nodes for any particular conversion sequence.
|
||
// False : Otherwise.
|
||
bool changesVolatileQualification() const {
|
||
return (isGLValue() && (getType().isVolatileQualified() !=
|
||
getSubExpr()->getType().isVolatileQualified()));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(QualType unionType,
|
||
QualType opType);
|
||
static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(const RecordDecl *RD,
|
||
QualType opType);
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCastExprConstant &&
|
||
T->getStmtClass() <= lastCastExprConstant;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Op, &Op+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const { return const_child_range(&Op, &Op + 1); }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type
|
||
/// conversions, which have no direct representation in the original
|
||
/// source code. For example: converting T[]->T*, void f()->void
|
||
/// (*f)(), float->double, short->int, etc.
|
||
///
|
||
/// In C, implicit casts always produce rvalues. However, in C++, an
|
||
/// implicit cast whose result is being bound to a reference will be
|
||
/// an lvalue or xvalue. For example:
|
||
///
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// class Base { };
|
||
/// class Derived : public Base { };
|
||
/// Derived &&ref();
|
||
/// void f(Derived d) {
|
||
/// Base& b = d; // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr
|
||
/// // to an lvalue of type Base
|
||
/// Base&& r = ref(); // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr
|
||
/// // to an xvalue of type Base
|
||
/// }
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
class ImplicitCastExpr final
|
||
: public CastExpr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<ImplicitCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *,
|
||
FPOptionsOverride> {
|
||
|
||
ImplicitCastExpr(QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
|
||
unsigned BasePathLength, FPOptionsOverride FPO,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK)
|
||
: CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, BasePathLength,
|
||
FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
*getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty implicit cast.
|
||
explicit ImplicitCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures)
|
||
: CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {}
|
||
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const {
|
||
return path_size();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
enum OnStack_t { OnStack };
|
||
ImplicitCastExpr(OnStack_t _, QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, FPOptionsOverride FPO)
|
||
: CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, 0,
|
||
FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) {
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
*getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isPartOfExplicitCast() const { return CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast; }
|
||
void setIsPartOfExplicitCast(bool PartOfExplicitCast) {
|
||
CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = PartOfExplicitCast;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static ImplicitCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
|
||
CastKind Kind, Expr *Operand,
|
||
const CXXCastPath *BasePath,
|
||
ExprValueKind Cat, FPOptionsOverride FPO);
|
||
|
||
static ImplicitCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
|
||
unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitCastExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
friend class CastExpr;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source
|
||
/// code.
|
||
///
|
||
/// This class is effectively an abstract class, because it provides
|
||
/// the basic representation of an explicitly-written cast without
|
||
/// specifying which kind of cast (C cast, functional cast, static
|
||
/// cast, etc.) was written; specific derived classes represent the
|
||
/// particular style of cast and its location information.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Unlike implicit casts, explicit cast nodes have two different
|
||
/// types: the type that was written into the source code, and the
|
||
/// actual type of the expression as determined by semantic
|
||
/// analysis. These types may differ slightly. For example, in C++ one
|
||
/// can cast to a reference type, which indicates that the resulting
|
||
/// expression will be an lvalue or xvalue. The reference type, however,
|
||
/// will not be used as the type of the expression.
|
||
class ExplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr {
|
||
/// TInfo - Source type info for the (written) type
|
||
/// this expression is casting to.
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy)
|
||
: CastExpr(SC, exprTy, VK, kind, op, PathSize, HasFPFeatures),
|
||
TInfo(writtenTy) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty explicit cast.
|
||
ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures)
|
||
: CastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type
|
||
/// that this expression is casting to.
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getTypeInfoAsWritten() const { return TInfo; }
|
||
void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) { TInfo = writtenTy; }
|
||
|
||
/// getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is
|
||
/// casting to, as written in the source code.
|
||
QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TInfo->getType(); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExplicitCastExprConstant &&
|
||
T->getStmtClass() <= lastExplicitCastExprConstant;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style
|
||
/// cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax
|
||
/// (Type)expr. For example: @c (int)f.
|
||
class CStyleCastExpr final
|
||
: public ExplicitCastExpr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<CStyleCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *,
|
||
FPOptionsOverride> {
|
||
SourceLocation LPLoc; // the location of the left paren
|
||
SourceLocation RPLoc; // the location of the right paren
|
||
|
||
CStyleCastExpr(QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op,
|
||
unsigned PathSize, FPOptionsOverride FPO,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r)
|
||
: ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, exprTy, vk, kind, op, PathSize,
|
||
FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy),
|
||
LPLoc(l), RPLoc(r) {
|
||
if (hasStoredFPFeatures())
|
||
*getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty C-style explicit cast.
|
||
explicit CStyleCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize,
|
||
bool HasFPFeatures)
|
||
: ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {}
|
||
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const {
|
||
return path_size();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static CStyleCastExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K,
|
||
Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *BasePath, FPOptionsOverride FPO,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R);
|
||
|
||
static CStyleCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
|
||
unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LPLoc; }
|
||
void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LPLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RPLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RPLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LPLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == CStyleCastExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
friend class CastExpr;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
|
||
///
|
||
/// This expression node kind describes a builtin binary operation,
|
||
/// such as "x + y" for integer values "x" and "y". The operands will
|
||
/// already have been converted to appropriate types (e.g., by
|
||
/// performing promotions or conversions).
|
||
///
|
||
/// In C++, where operators may be overloaded, a different kind of
|
||
/// expression node (CXXOperatorCallExpr) is used to express the
|
||
/// invocation of an overloaded operator with operator syntax. Within
|
||
/// a C++ template, whether BinaryOperator or CXXOperatorCallExpr is
|
||
/// used to store an expression "x + y" depends on the subexpressions
|
||
/// for x and y. If neither x or y is type-dependent, and the "+"
|
||
/// operator resolves to a built-in operation, BinaryOperator will be
|
||
/// used to express the computation (x and y may still be
|
||
/// value-dependent). If either x or y is type-dependent, or if the
|
||
/// "+" resolves to an overloaded operator, CXXOperatorCallExpr will
|
||
/// be used to express the computation.
|
||
class BinaryOperator : public Expr {
|
||
enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR];
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
typedef BinaryOperatorKind Opcode;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
size_t offsetOfTrailingStorage() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions
|
||
FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() {
|
||
assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures);
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>(
|
||
reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage());
|
||
}
|
||
const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures);
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>(
|
||
reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build a binary operator, assuming that appropriate storage has been
|
||
/// allocated for the trailing objects when needed.
|
||
BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc,
|
||
QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
|
||
SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty binary operator.
|
||
explicit BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, Empty) {
|
||
BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_Comma;
|
||
BinaryOperatorBits.ExcludedOverflowPattern = false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static BinaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
static BinaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
|
||
Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc,
|
||
FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures);
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc; }
|
||
void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
Opcode getOpcode() const {
|
||
return static_cast<Opcode>(BinaryOperatorBits.Opc);
|
||
}
|
||
void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
|
||
void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
|
||
Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
|
||
void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getLHS()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getRHS()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it
|
||
/// corresponds to, e.g. "<<=".
|
||
static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op);
|
||
|
||
StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { return getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the binary opcode that corresponds to the given
|
||
/// overloaded operator.
|
||
static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO);
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to
|
||
/// the given binary opcode.
|
||
static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc);
|
||
|
||
/// predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
|
||
static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
return Opc == BO_PtrMemD || Opc == BO_PtrMemI;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isPtrMemOp() const { return isPtrMemOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isMultiplicativeOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Rem;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isMultiplicativeOp() const { return isMultiplicativeOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Add || Opc==BO_Sub; }
|
||
bool isAdditiveOp() const { return isAdditiveOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr; }
|
||
bool isShiftOp() const { return isShiftOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_And && Opc <= BO_Or; }
|
||
bool isBitwiseOp() const { return isBitwiseOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_GE; }
|
||
bool isRelationalOp() const { return isRelationalOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE; }
|
||
bool isEqualityOp() const { return isEqualityOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_Cmp && Opc<=BO_NE; }
|
||
bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Comma; }
|
||
bool isCommaOp() const { return isCommaOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
switch (Opc) {
|
||
default:
|
||
llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator.");
|
||
case BO_LT: return BO_GE;
|
||
case BO_GT: return BO_LE;
|
||
case BO_LE: return BO_GT;
|
||
case BO_GE: return BO_LT;
|
||
case BO_EQ: return BO_NE;
|
||
case BO_NE: return BO_EQ;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
switch (Opc) {
|
||
default:
|
||
llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator.");
|
||
case BO_LT: return BO_GT;
|
||
case BO_GT: return BO_LT;
|
||
case BO_LE: return BO_GE;
|
||
case BO_GE: return BO_LE;
|
||
case BO_EQ:
|
||
case BO_NE:
|
||
return Opc;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_LAnd || Opc==BO_LOr; }
|
||
bool isLogicalOp() const { return isLogicalOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
return Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); }
|
||
|
||
static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
return Opc > BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const {
|
||
return isCompoundAssignmentOp(getOpcode());
|
||
}
|
||
static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc));
|
||
if (Opc >= BO_AndAssign)
|
||
return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_AndAssign + BO_And);
|
||
else
|
||
return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_MulAssign + BO_Mul);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc) {
|
||
return Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign;
|
||
}
|
||
bool isShiftAssignOp() const {
|
||
return isShiftAssignOp(getOpcode());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return true if a binary operator using the specified opcode and operands
|
||
/// would match the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' idiom for casting a pointer-sized
|
||
/// integer to a pointer.
|
||
static bool isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(ASTContext &Ctx, Opcode Opc,
|
||
const Expr *LHS,
|
||
const Expr *RHS);
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
|
||
return S->getStmtClass() >= firstBinaryOperatorConstant &&
|
||
S->getStmtClass() <= lastBinaryOperatorConstant;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Set and fetch the bit that shows whether FPFeatures needs to be
|
||
/// allocated in Trailing Storage
|
||
void setHasStoredFPFeatures(bool B) { BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = B; }
|
||
bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; }
|
||
|
||
/// Set and get the bit that informs arithmetic overflow sanitizers whether
|
||
/// or not they should exclude certain BinaryOperators from instrumentation
|
||
void setExcludedOverflowPattern(bool B) {
|
||
BinaryOperatorBits.ExcludedOverflowPattern = B;
|
||
}
|
||
bool hasExcludedOverflowPattern() const {
|
||
return BinaryOperatorBits.ExcludedOverflowPattern;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const {
|
||
assert(hasStoredFPFeatures());
|
||
return *getTrailingFPFeatures();
|
||
}
|
||
/// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used only by Serialization
|
||
void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) {
|
||
assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures);
|
||
*getTrailingFPFeatures() = F;
|
||
}
|
||
/// Get the store FPOptionsOverride or default if not stored.
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeaturesOrDefault() const {
|
||
return hasStoredFPFeatures() ? getStoredFPFeatures() : FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures)
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO);
|
||
return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// This is used in ASTImporter
|
||
FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const {
|
||
if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures)
|
||
return getStoredFPFeatures();
|
||
return FPOptionsOverride();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FP contractibility status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for
|
||
/// operations on floating point types.
|
||
bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const {
|
||
return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc,
|
||
QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
|
||
SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures,
|
||
bool dead2);
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty BinaryOperator, SC is CompoundAssignOperator.
|
||
BinaryOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SC, Empty) {
|
||
BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_MulAssign;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects.
|
||
/// Used to allocate the right amount of storage.
|
||
static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(bool HasFPFeatures) {
|
||
return HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g. +=), we keep
|
||
/// track of the type the operation is performed in. Due to the semantics of
|
||
/// these operators, the operands are promoted, the arithmetic performed, an
|
||
/// implicit conversion back to the result type done, then the assignment takes
|
||
/// place. This captures the intermediate type which the computation is done
|
||
/// in.
|
||
class CompoundAssignOperator : public BinaryOperator {
|
||
QualType ComputationLHSType;
|
||
QualType ComputationResultType;
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty CompoundAssignOperator.
|
||
explicit CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty,
|
||
bool hasFPFeatures)
|
||
: BinaryOperator(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc,
|
||
QualType ResType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
|
||
SourceLocation OpLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures,
|
||
QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType)
|
||
: BinaryOperator(C, lhs, rhs, opc, ResType, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures,
|
||
true),
|
||
ComputationLHSType(CompLHSType), ComputationResultType(CompResultType) {
|
||
assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp() &&
|
||
"Only should be used for compound assignments");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
static CompoundAssignOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C,
|
||
bool hasFPFeatures);
|
||
|
||
static CompoundAssignOperator *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc,
|
||
FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, QualType CompLHSType = QualType(),
|
||
QualType CompResultType = QualType());
|
||
|
||
// The two computation types are the type the LHS is converted
|
||
// to for the computation and the type of the result; the two are
|
||
// distinct in a few cases (specifically, int+=ptr and ptr-=ptr).
|
||
QualType getComputationLHSType() const { return ComputationLHSType; }
|
||
void setComputationLHSType(QualType T) { ComputationLHSType = T; }
|
||
|
||
QualType getComputationResultType() const { return ComputationResultType; }
|
||
void setComputationResultType(QualType T) { ComputationResultType = T; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
|
||
return S->getStmtClass() == CompoundAssignOperatorClass;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
inline size_t BinaryOperator::offsetOfTrailingStorage() const {
|
||
assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures);
|
||
return isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(this) ? sizeof(CompoundAssignOperator)
|
||
: sizeof(BinaryOperator);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for
|
||
/// ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOperator.
|
||
class AbstractConditionalOperator : public Expr {
|
||
SourceLocation QuestionLoc, ColonLoc;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
|
||
protected:
|
||
AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation qloc,
|
||
SourceLocation cloc)
|
||
: Expr(SC, T, VK, OK), QuestionLoc(qloc), ColonLoc(cloc) {}
|
||
|
||
AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(SC, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for
|
||
/// the ?: operator.
|
||
Expr *getCond() const;
|
||
|
||
/// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
|
||
/// the expression if the condition evaluates to true.
|
||
Expr *getTrueExpr() const;
|
||
|
||
/// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
|
||
/// the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is
|
||
/// the same as getRHS.
|
||
Expr *getFalseExpr() const;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const { return QuestionLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass ||
|
||
T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass;
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator. The GNU "missing
|
||
/// middle" extension is a BinaryConditionalOperator.
|
||
class ConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator {
|
||
enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
|
||
Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides.
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
public:
|
||
ConditionalOperator(Expr *cond, SourceLocation QLoc, Expr *lhs,
|
||
SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs, QualType t,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
|
||
: AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, QLoc,
|
||
CLoc) {
|
||
SubExprs[COND] = cond;
|
||
SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
|
||
SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty conditional operator.
|
||
explicit ConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
/// getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for
|
||
/// the ?: operator.
|
||
Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
|
||
|
||
/// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
|
||
/// the expression if the condition evaluates to true.
|
||
Expr *getTrueExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
|
||
|
||
/// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of
|
||
/// the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is
|
||
/// the same as getRHS.
|
||
Expr *getFalseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
|
||
Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getCond()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getRHS()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional
|
||
/// operator which allows the middle operand to be omitted.
|
||
///
|
||
/// This is a different expression kind on the assumption that almost
|
||
/// every client ends up needing to know that these are different.
|
||
class BinaryConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator {
|
||
enum { COMMON, COND, LHS, RHS, NUM_SUBEXPRS };
|
||
|
||
/// - the common condition/left-hand-side expression, which will be
|
||
/// evaluated as the opaque value
|
||
/// - the condition, expressed in terms of the opaque value
|
||
/// - the left-hand-side, expressed in terms of the opaque value
|
||
/// - the right-hand-side
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS];
|
||
OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue;
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
public:
|
||
BinaryConditionalOperator(Expr *common, OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue,
|
||
Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
|
||
SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc,
|
||
QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK)
|
||
: AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK,
|
||
qloc, cloc),
|
||
OpaqueValue(opaqueValue) {
|
||
SubExprs[COMMON] = common;
|
||
SubExprs[COND] = cond;
|
||
SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
|
||
SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
|
||
assert(OpaqueValue->getSourceExpr() == common && "Wrong opaque value");
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty conditional operator.
|
||
explicit BinaryConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
/// getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the
|
||
/// left of the condition. The opaque value will be bound to the
|
||
/// result of this expression.
|
||
Expr *getCommon() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COMMON]); }
|
||
|
||
/// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder.
|
||
OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; }
|
||
|
||
/// getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined
|
||
/// in terms of the opaque value.
|
||
Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
|
||
|
||
/// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be
|
||
/// evaluated if the condition evaluates to true; this is defined
|
||
/// in terms of the opaque value.
|
||
Expr *getTrueExpr() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be
|
||
/// evaluated if the condition evaluates to false; this is
|
||
/// defined in terms of the opaque value.
|
||
Expr *getFalseExpr() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getCommon()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getFalseExpr()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getCond() const {
|
||
if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
|
||
return co->getCond();
|
||
return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getCond();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getTrueExpr() const {
|
||
if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
|
||
return co->getTrueExpr();
|
||
return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getTrueExpr();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getFalseExpr() const {
|
||
if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this))
|
||
return co->getFalseExpr();
|
||
return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getFalseExpr();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
|
||
class AddrLabelExpr : public Expr {
|
||
SourceLocation AmpAmpLoc, LabelLoc;
|
||
LabelDecl *Label;
|
||
public:
|
||
AddrLabelExpr(SourceLocation AALoc, SourceLocation LLoc, LabelDecl *L,
|
||
QualType t)
|
||
: Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), AmpAmpLoc(AALoc),
|
||
LabelLoc(LLoc), Label(L) {
|
||
setDependence(ExprDependence::None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty address of a label expression.
|
||
explicit AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const { return AmpAmpLoc; }
|
||
void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L) { AmpAmpLoc = L; }
|
||
SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; }
|
||
void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AmpAmpLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; }
|
||
|
||
LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; }
|
||
void setLabel(LabelDecl *L) { Label = L; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == AddrLabelExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
|
||
/// The StmtExpr contains a single CompoundStmt node, which it evaluates and
|
||
/// takes the value of the last subexpression.
|
||
///
|
||
/// A StmtExpr is always an r-value; values "returned" out of a
|
||
/// StmtExpr will be copied.
|
||
class StmtExpr : public Expr {
|
||
Stmt *SubStmt;
|
||
SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
public:
|
||
StmtExpr(CompoundStmt *SubStmt, QualType T, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth)
|
||
: Expr(StmtExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), SubStmt(SubStmt),
|
||
LParenLoc(LParenLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this, TemplateDepth));
|
||
// FIXME: A templated statement expression should have an associated
|
||
// DeclContext so that nested declarations always have a dependent context.
|
||
StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth = TemplateDepth;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty statement expression.
|
||
explicit StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(StmtExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); }
|
||
const CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); }
|
||
void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S) { SubStmt = S; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
|
||
void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; }
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
unsigned getTemplateDepth() const { return StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == StmtExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function
|
||
/// __builtin_shufflevector.
|
||
/// This AST node represents a operator that does a constant
|
||
/// shuffle, similar to LLVM's shufflevector instruction. It takes
|
||
/// two vectors and a variable number of constant indices,
|
||
/// and returns the appropriately shuffled vector.
|
||
class ShuffleVectorExpr : public Expr {
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
// SubExprs - the list of values passed to the __builtin_shufflevector
|
||
// function. The first two are vectors, and the rest are constant
|
||
// indices. The number of values in this list is always
|
||
// 2+the number of indices in the vector type.
|
||
Stmt **SubExprs;
|
||
unsigned NumExprs;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
ShuffleVectorExpr(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType Type,
|
||
SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RP);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty vector-shuffle expression.
|
||
explicit ShuffleVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ShuffleVectorExprClass, Empty), SubExprs(nullptr) { }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ShuffleVectorExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array. This includes the
|
||
/// constant expression, the actual arguments passed in, and the function
|
||
/// pointers.
|
||
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumExprs; }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the array of expressions.
|
||
Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); }
|
||
|
||
/// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
|
||
Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) {
|
||
assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!");
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]);
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) const {
|
||
assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!");
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setExprs(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
|
||
|
||
llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const {
|
||
assert((N < NumExprs - 2) && "Shuffle idx out of range!");
|
||
return getExpr(N+2)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+NumExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NumExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector
|
||
/// This AST node provides support for converting a vector type to another
|
||
/// vector type of the same arity.
|
||
class ConvertVectorExpr : public Expr {
|
||
private:
|
||
Stmt *SrcExpr;
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
explicit ConvertVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, TypeSourceInfo *TI, QualType DstType,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc)
|
||
: Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr),
|
||
TInfo(TI), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
|
||
Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); }
|
||
|
||
/// getTypeSourceInfo - Return the destination type.
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
|
||
return TInfo;
|
||
}
|
||
void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *ti) {
|
||
TInfo = ti;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_convertvector token.
|
||
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
|
||
/// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ConvertVectorExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
|
||
/// This AST node is similar to the conditional operator (?:) in C, with
|
||
/// the following exceptions:
|
||
/// - the test expression must be a integer constant expression.
|
||
/// - the expression returned acts like the chosen subexpression in every
|
||
/// visible way: the type is the same as that of the chosen subexpression,
|
||
/// and all predicates (whether it's an l-value, whether it's an integer
|
||
/// constant expression, etc.) return the same result as for the chosen
|
||
/// sub-expression.
|
||
class ChooseExpr : public Expr {
|
||
enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR };
|
||
Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides.
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
bool CondIsTrue;
|
||
public:
|
||
ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RP,
|
||
bool condIsTrue)
|
||
: Expr(ChooseExprClass, t, VK, OK), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RP),
|
||
CondIsTrue(condIsTrue) {
|
||
SubExprs[COND] = cond;
|
||
SubExprs[LHS] = lhs;
|
||
SubExprs[RHS] = rhs;
|
||
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr.
|
||
explicit ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ChooseExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
/// isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e. not
|
||
/// equal to zero).
|
||
bool isConditionTrue() const {
|
||
assert(!isConditionDependent() &&
|
||
"Dependent condition isn't true or false");
|
||
return CondIsTrue;
|
||
}
|
||
void setIsConditionTrue(bool isTrue) { CondIsTrue = isTrue; }
|
||
|
||
bool isConditionDependent() const {
|
||
return getCond()->isTypeDependent() || getCond()->isValueDependent();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the
|
||
/// condition.
|
||
Expr *getChosenSubExpr() const {
|
||
return isConditionTrue() ? getLHS() : getRHS();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); }
|
||
void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = E; }
|
||
Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); }
|
||
void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; }
|
||
Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); }
|
||
void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ChooseExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name
|
||
/// for a null pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or
|
||
/// long) and is the same size and alignment as a pointer. The __null
|
||
/// extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
|
||
/// NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer
|
||
/// that may not match the size of a pointer).
|
||
class GNUNullExpr : public Expr {
|
||
/// TokenLoc - The location of the __null keyword.
|
||
SourceLocation TokenLoc;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
GNUNullExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc)
|
||
: Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TokenLoc(Loc) {
|
||
setDependence(ExprDependence::None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty GNU __null expression.
|
||
explicit GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
/// getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token.
|
||
SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const { return TokenLoc; }
|
||
void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L) { TokenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == GNUNullExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a call to the builtin function \c __builtin_va_arg.
|
||
class VAArgExpr : public Expr {
|
||
Stmt *Val;
|
||
llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfo;
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
public:
|
||
VAArgExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *e, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
||
SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t, bool IsMS)
|
||
: Expr(VAArgExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(e),
|
||
TInfo(TInfo, IsMS), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RPLoc) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression.
|
||
explicit VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(VAArgExprClass, Empty), Val(nullptr), TInfo(nullptr, false) {}
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); }
|
||
void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// Returns whether this is really a Win64 ABI va_arg expression.
|
||
bool isMicrosoftABI() const { return TInfo.getInt(); }
|
||
void setIsMicrosoftABI(bool IsMS) { TInfo.setInt(IsMS); }
|
||
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getWrittenTypeInfo() const { return TInfo.getPointer(); }
|
||
void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { TInfo.setPointer(TI); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == VAArgExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
enum class SourceLocIdentKind {
|
||
Function,
|
||
FuncSig,
|
||
File,
|
||
FileName,
|
||
Line,
|
||
Column,
|
||
SourceLocStruct
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(),
|
||
/// __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FUNCSIG(), __builtin_FILE(),
|
||
/// __builtin_FILE_NAME() or __builtin_source_location().
|
||
class SourceLocExpr final : public Expr {
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
DeclContext *ParentContext;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
SourceLocExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocIdentKind Type,
|
||
QualType ResultTy, SourceLocation BLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, DeclContext *Context);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty call expression.
|
||
explicit SourceLocExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SourceLocExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified
|
||
/// (and possibly null) default argument or initialization context.
|
||
APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx,
|
||
const Expr *DefaultExpr) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Return a string representing the name of the specific builtin function.
|
||
StringRef getBuiltinStr() const;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocIdentKind getIdentKind() const {
|
||
return static_cast<SourceLocIdentKind>(SourceLocExprBits.Kind);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isIntType() const {
|
||
switch (getIdentKind()) {
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::File:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::FileName:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::Function:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::FuncSig:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::SourceLocStruct:
|
||
return false;
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::Line:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::Column:
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
llvm_unreachable("unknown source location expression kind");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If the SourceLocExpr has been resolved return the subexpression
|
||
/// representing the resolved value. Otherwise return null.
|
||
const DeclContext *getParentContext() const { return ParentContext; }
|
||
DeclContext *getParentContext() { return ParentContext; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == SourceLocExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool MayBeDependent(SourceLocIdentKind Kind) {
|
||
switch (Kind) {
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::Function:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::FuncSig:
|
||
case SourceLocIdentKind::SourceLocStruct:
|
||
return true;
|
||
default:
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Stores data related to a single #embed directive.
|
||
struct EmbedDataStorage {
|
||
StringLiteral *BinaryData;
|
||
size_t getDataElementCount() const { return BinaryData->getByteLength(); }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a reference to #emded data. By default, this references the whole
|
||
/// range. Otherwise it represents a subrange of data imported by #embed
|
||
/// directive. Needed to handle nested initializer lists with #embed directives.
|
||
/// Example:
|
||
/// struct S {
|
||
/// int x, y;
|
||
/// };
|
||
///
|
||
/// struct T {
|
||
/// int x[2];
|
||
/// struct S s
|
||
/// };
|
||
///
|
||
/// struct T t[] = {
|
||
/// #embed "data" // data contains 10 elements;
|
||
/// };
|
||
///
|
||
/// The resulting semantic form of initializer list will contain (EE stands
|
||
/// for EmbedExpr):
|
||
/// { {EE(first two data elements), {EE(3rd element), EE(4th element) }},
|
||
/// { {EE(5th and 6th element), {EE(7th element), EE(8th element) }},
|
||
/// { {EE(9th and 10th element), { zeroinitializer }}}
|
||
///
|
||
/// EmbedExpr inside of a semantic initializer list and referencing more than
|
||
/// one element can only appear for arrays of scalars.
|
||
class EmbedExpr final : public Expr {
|
||
SourceLocation EmbedKeywordLoc;
|
||
IntegerLiteral *FakeChildNode = nullptr;
|
||
const ASTContext *Ctx = nullptr;
|
||
EmbedDataStorage *Data;
|
||
unsigned Begin = 0;
|
||
unsigned NumOfElements;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
EmbedExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation Loc, EmbedDataStorage *Data,
|
||
unsigned Begin, unsigned NumOfElements);
|
||
explicit EmbedExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SourceLocExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLocation() const { return EmbedKeywordLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return EmbedKeywordLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EmbedKeywordLoc; }
|
||
|
||
StringLiteral *getDataStringLiteral() const { return Data->BinaryData; }
|
||
EmbedDataStorage *getData() const { return Data; }
|
||
|
||
unsigned getStartingElementPos() const { return Begin; }
|
||
size_t getDataElementCount() const { return NumOfElements; }
|
||
|
||
// Allows accessing every byte of EmbedExpr data and iterating over it.
|
||
// An Iterator knows the EmbedExpr that it refers to, and an offset value
|
||
// within the data.
|
||
// Dereferencing an Iterator results in construction of IntegerLiteral AST
|
||
// node filled with byte of data of the corresponding EmbedExpr within offset
|
||
// that the Iterator currently has.
|
||
template <bool Const>
|
||
class ChildElementIter
|
||
: public llvm::iterator_facade_base<
|
||
ChildElementIter<Const>, std::random_access_iterator_tag,
|
||
std::conditional_t<Const, const IntegerLiteral *,
|
||
IntegerLiteral *>> {
|
||
friend class EmbedExpr;
|
||
|
||
EmbedExpr *EExpr = nullptr;
|
||
unsigned long long CurOffset = ULLONG_MAX;
|
||
using BaseTy = typename ChildElementIter::iterator_facade_base;
|
||
|
||
ChildElementIter(EmbedExpr *E) : EExpr(E) {
|
||
if (E)
|
||
CurOffset = E->getStartingElementPos();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
ChildElementIter() : CurOffset(ULLONG_MAX) {}
|
||
typename BaseTy::reference operator*() const {
|
||
assert(EExpr && CurOffset != ULLONG_MAX &&
|
||
"trying to dereference an invalid iterator");
|
||
IntegerLiteral *N = EExpr->FakeChildNode;
|
||
StringRef DataRef = EExpr->Data->BinaryData->getBytes();
|
||
N->setValue(*EExpr->Ctx,
|
||
llvm::APInt(N->getValue().getBitWidth(), DataRef[CurOffset],
|
||
N->getType()->isSignedIntegerType()));
|
||
// We want to return a reference to the fake child node in the
|
||
// EmbedExpr, not the local variable N.
|
||
return const_cast<typename BaseTy::reference>(EExpr->FakeChildNode);
|
||
}
|
||
typename BaseTy::pointer operator->() const { return **this; }
|
||
using BaseTy::operator++;
|
||
ChildElementIter &operator++() {
|
||
assert(EExpr && "trying to increment an invalid iterator");
|
||
assert(CurOffset != ULLONG_MAX &&
|
||
"Already at the end of what we can iterate over");
|
||
if (++CurOffset >=
|
||
EExpr->getDataElementCount() + EExpr->getStartingElementPos()) {
|
||
CurOffset = ULLONG_MAX;
|
||
EExpr = nullptr;
|
||
}
|
||
return *this;
|
||
}
|
||
bool operator==(ChildElementIter Other) const {
|
||
return (EExpr == Other.EExpr && CurOffset == Other.CurOffset);
|
||
}
|
||
}; // class ChildElementIter
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
using fake_child_range = llvm::iterator_range<ChildElementIter<false>>;
|
||
using const_fake_child_range = llvm::iterator_range<ChildElementIter<true>>;
|
||
|
||
fake_child_range underlying_data_elements() {
|
||
return fake_child_range(ChildElementIter<false>(this),
|
||
ChildElementIter<false>());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_fake_child_range underlying_data_elements() const {
|
||
return const_fake_child_range(
|
||
ChildElementIter<true>(const_cast<EmbedExpr *>(this)),
|
||
ChildElementIter<true>());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == EmbedExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ChildElementIter<false> begin() { return ChildElementIter<false>(this); }
|
||
|
||
ChildElementIter<true> begin() const {
|
||
return ChildElementIter<true>(const_cast<EmbedExpr *>(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
template <typename Call, typename... Targs>
|
||
bool doForEachDataElement(Call &&C, unsigned &StartingIndexInArray,
|
||
Targs &&...Fargs) const {
|
||
for (auto It : underlying_data_elements()) {
|
||
if (!std::invoke(std::forward<Call>(C), const_cast<IntegerLiteral *>(It),
|
||
StartingIndexInArray, std::forward<Targs>(Fargs)...))
|
||
return false;
|
||
StartingIndexInArray++;
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
|
||
///
|
||
/// InitListExpr describes an initializer list, which can be used to
|
||
/// initialize objects of different types, including
|
||
/// struct/class/union types, arrays, and vectors. For example:
|
||
///
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// struct foo x = { 1, { 2, 3 } };
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
///
|
||
/// Prior to semantic analysis, an initializer list will represent the
|
||
/// initializer list as written by the user, but will have the
|
||
/// placeholder type "void". This initializer list is called the
|
||
/// syntactic form of the initializer, and may contain C99 designated
|
||
/// initializers (represented as DesignatedInitExprs), initializations
|
||
/// of subobject members without explicit braces, and so on. Clients
|
||
/// interested in the original syntax of the initializer list should
|
||
/// use the syntactic form of the initializer list.
|
||
///
|
||
/// After semantic analysis, the initializer list will represent the
|
||
/// semantic form of the initializer, where the initializations of all
|
||
/// subobjects are made explicit with nested InitListExpr nodes and
|
||
/// C99 designators have been eliminated by placing the designated
|
||
/// initializations into the subobject they initialize. Additionally,
|
||
/// any "holes" in the initialization, where no initializer has been
|
||
/// specified for a particular subobject, will be replaced with
|
||
/// implicitly-generated ImplicitValueInitExpr expressions that
|
||
/// value-initialize the subobjects. Note, however, that the
|
||
/// initializer lists may still have fewer initializers than there are
|
||
/// elements to initialize within the object.
|
||
///
|
||
/// After semantic analysis has completed, given an initializer list,
|
||
/// method isSemanticForm() returns true if and only if this is the
|
||
/// semantic form of the initializer list (note: the same AST node
|
||
/// may at the same time be the syntactic form).
|
||
/// Given the semantic form of the initializer list, one can retrieve
|
||
/// the syntactic form of that initializer list (when different)
|
||
/// using method getSyntacticForm(); the method returns null if applied
|
||
/// to a initializer list which is already in syntactic form.
|
||
/// Similarly, given the syntactic form (i.e., an initializer list such
|
||
/// that isSemanticForm() returns false), one can retrieve the semantic
|
||
/// form using method getSemanticForm().
|
||
/// Since many initializer lists have the same syntactic and semantic forms,
|
||
/// getSyntacticForm() may return NULL, indicating that the current
|
||
/// semantic initializer list also serves as its syntactic form.
|
||
class InitListExpr : public Expr {
|
||
// FIXME: Eliminate this vector in favor of ASTContext allocation
|
||
typedef ASTVector<Stmt *> InitExprsTy;
|
||
InitExprsTy InitExprs;
|
||
SourceLocation LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// The alternative form of the initializer list (if it exists).
|
||
/// The int part of the pair stores whether this initializer list is
|
||
/// in semantic form. If not null, the pointer points to:
|
||
/// - the syntactic form, if this is in semantic form;
|
||
/// - the semantic form, if this is in syntactic form.
|
||
llvm::PointerIntPair<InitListExpr *, 1, bool> AltForm;
|
||
|
||
/// Either:
|
||
/// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than
|
||
/// there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be used
|
||
/// for value initialization of the rest of the elements.
|
||
/// Or
|
||
/// If this initializer list initializes a union, specifies which
|
||
/// field within the union will be initialized.
|
||
llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, FieldDecl *> ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
InitListExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lbraceloc,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr*> initExprs, SourceLocation rbraceloc);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty initializer list.
|
||
explicit InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(InitListExprClass, Empty), AltForm(nullptr, true) { }
|
||
|
||
unsigned getNumInits() const { return InitExprs.size(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the set of initializers.
|
||
Expr **getInits() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(InitExprs.data()); }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the set of initializers.
|
||
Expr * const *getInits() const {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(InitExprs.data());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); }
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() const {
|
||
return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) const {
|
||
assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
|
||
return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) {
|
||
assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
|
||
return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr) {
|
||
assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!");
|
||
InitExprs[Init] = expr;
|
||
|
||
if (expr)
|
||
setDependence(getDependence() | expr->getDependence());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Mark the semantic form of the InitListExpr as error when the semantic
|
||
/// analysis fails.
|
||
void markError() {
|
||
assert(isSemanticForm());
|
||
setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::ErrorDependent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Reserve space for some number of initializers.
|
||
void reserveInits(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumInits);
|
||
|
||
/// Specify the number of initializers
|
||
///
|
||
/// If there are more than @p NumInits initializers, the remaining
|
||
/// initializers will be destroyed. If there are fewer than @p
|
||
/// NumInits initializers, NULL expressions will be added for the
|
||
/// unknown initializers.
|
||
void resizeInits(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumInits);
|
||
|
||
/// Updates the initializer at index @p Init with the new
|
||
/// expression @p expr, and returns the old expression at that
|
||
/// location.
|
||
///
|
||
/// When @p Init is out of range for this initializer list, the
|
||
/// initializer list will be extended with NULL expressions to
|
||
/// accommodate the new entry.
|
||
Expr *updateInit(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Init, Expr *expr);
|
||
|
||
/// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements
|
||
/// than there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be
|
||
/// used for value initialization of the rest of the elements.
|
||
Expr *getArrayFiller() {
|
||
return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<Expr *>();
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getArrayFiller() const {
|
||
return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getArrayFiller();
|
||
}
|
||
void setArrayFiller(Expr *filler);
|
||
|
||
/// Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler"
|
||
/// has been set.
|
||
bool hasArrayFiller() const { return getArrayFiller(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Determine whether this initializer list contains a designated initializer.
|
||
bool hasDesignatedInit() const {
|
||
return std::any_of(begin(), end(), [](const Stmt *S) {
|
||
return isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(S);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the
|
||
/// union to initialize.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Typically, this field is the first named field within the
|
||
/// union. However, a designated initializer can specify the
|
||
/// initialization of a different field within the union.
|
||
FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() {
|
||
return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<FieldDecl *>();
|
||
}
|
||
const FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() const {
|
||
return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
|
||
}
|
||
void setInitializedFieldInUnion(FieldDecl *FD) {
|
||
assert((FD == nullptr
|
||
|| getInitializedFieldInUnion() == nullptr
|
||
|| getInitializedFieldInUnion() == FD)
|
||
&& "Only one field of a union may be initialized at a time!");
|
||
ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit = FD;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Explicit InitListExpr's originate from source code (and have valid source
|
||
// locations). Implicit InitListExpr's are created by the semantic analyzer.
|
||
// FIXME: This is wrong; InitListExprs created by semantic analysis have
|
||
// valid source locations too!
|
||
bool isExplicit() const {
|
||
return LBraceLoc.isValid() && RBraceLoc.isValid();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Is this an initializer for an array of characters, initialized by a string
|
||
/// literal or an @encode?
|
||
bool isStringLiteralInit() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Is this a transparent initializer list (that is, an InitListExpr that is
|
||
/// purely syntactic, and whose semantics are that of the sole contained
|
||
/// initializer)?
|
||
bool isTransparent() const;
|
||
|
||
/// Is this the zero initializer {0} in a language which considers it
|
||
/// idiomatic?
|
||
bool isIdiomaticZeroInitializer(const LangOptions &LangOpts) const;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; }
|
||
void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LBraceLoc = Loc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
|
||
void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RBraceLoc = Loc; }
|
||
|
||
bool isSemanticForm() const { return AltForm.getInt(); }
|
||
InitListExpr *getSemanticForm() const {
|
||
return isSemanticForm() ? nullptr : AltForm.getPointer();
|
||
}
|
||
bool isSyntacticForm() const {
|
||
return !AltForm.getInt() || !AltForm.getPointer();
|
||
}
|
||
InitListExpr *getSyntacticForm() const {
|
||
return isSemanticForm() ? AltForm.getPointer() : nullptr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setSyntacticForm(InitListExpr *Init) {
|
||
AltForm.setPointer(Init);
|
||
AltForm.setInt(true);
|
||
Init->AltForm.setPointer(this);
|
||
Init->AltForm.setInt(false);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool hadArrayRangeDesignator() const {
|
||
return InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator != 0;
|
||
}
|
||
void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD = true) {
|
||
InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator = ARD;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == InitListExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
const_child_range CCR = const_cast<const InitListExpr *>(this)->children();
|
||
return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()),
|
||
cast_away_const(CCR.end()));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
// FIXME: This does not include the array filler expression.
|
||
if (InitExprs.empty())
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
return const_child_range(&InitExprs[0], &InitExprs[0] + InitExprs.size());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
typedef InitExprsTy::iterator iterator;
|
||
typedef InitExprsTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
|
||
typedef InitExprsTy::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator;
|
||
typedef InitExprsTy::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator;
|
||
|
||
iterator begin() { return InitExprs.begin(); }
|
||
const_iterator begin() const { return InitExprs.begin(); }
|
||
iterator end() { return InitExprs.end(); }
|
||
const_iterator end() const { return InitExprs.end(); }
|
||
reverse_iterator rbegin() { return InitExprs.rbegin(); }
|
||
const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return InitExprs.rbegin(); }
|
||
reverse_iterator rend() { return InitExprs.rend(); }
|
||
const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return InitExprs.rend(); }
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a C99 designated initializer expression.
|
||
///
|
||
/// A designated initializer expression (C99 6.7.8) contains one or
|
||
/// more designators (which can be field designators, array
|
||
/// designators, or GNU array-range designators) followed by an
|
||
/// expression that initializes the field or element(s) that the
|
||
/// designators refer to. For example, given:
|
||
///
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// struct point {
|
||
/// double x;
|
||
/// double y;
|
||
/// };
|
||
/// struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = 1.0, [2].x = 2.0, [0].x = 1.0 };
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
///
|
||
/// The InitListExpr contains three DesignatedInitExprs, the first of
|
||
/// which covers @c [2].y=1.0. This DesignatedInitExpr will have two
|
||
/// designators, one array designator for @c [2] followed by one field
|
||
/// designator for @c .y. The initialization expression will be 1.0.
|
||
class DesignatedInitExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<DesignatedInitExpr, Stmt *> {
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Forward declaration of the Designator class.
|
||
class Designator;
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
/// The location of the '=' or ':' prior to the actual initializer
|
||
/// expression.
|
||
SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this designated initializer used the GNU deprecated
|
||
/// syntax rather than the C99 '=' syntax.
|
||
LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool)
|
||
unsigned GNUSyntax : 1;
|
||
|
||
/// The number of designators in this initializer expression.
|
||
unsigned NumDesignators : 15;
|
||
|
||
/// The number of subexpressions of this initializer expression,
|
||
/// which contains both the initializer and any additional
|
||
/// expressions used by array and array-range designators.
|
||
unsigned NumSubExprs : 16;
|
||
|
||
/// The designators in this designated initialization
|
||
/// expression.
|
||
Designator *Designators;
|
||
|
||
DesignatedInitExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType Ty,
|
||
llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators,
|
||
SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, bool GNUSyntax,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> IndexExprs, Expr *Init);
|
||
|
||
explicit DesignatedInitExpr(unsigned NumSubExprs)
|
||
: Expr(DesignatedInitExprClass, EmptyShell()),
|
||
NumDesignators(0), NumSubExprs(NumSubExprs), Designators(nullptr) { }
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Represents a single C99 designator.
|
||
///
|
||
/// @todo This class is infuriatingly similar to clang::Designator,
|
||
/// but minor differences (storing indices vs. storing pointers)
|
||
/// keep us from reusing it. Try harder, later, to rectify these
|
||
/// differences.
|
||
class Designator {
|
||
/// A field designator, e.g., ".x".
|
||
struct FieldDesignatorInfo {
|
||
/// Refers to the field that is being initialized. The low bit
|
||
/// of this field determines whether this is actually a pointer
|
||
/// to an IdentifierInfo (if 1) or a FieldDecl (if 0). When
|
||
/// initially constructed, a field designator will store an
|
||
/// IdentifierInfo*. After semantic analysis has resolved that
|
||
/// name, the field designator will instead store a FieldDecl*.
|
||
uintptr_t NameOrField;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the '.' in the designated initializer.
|
||
SourceLocation DotLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the field name in the designated initializer.
|
||
SourceLocation FieldLoc;
|
||
|
||
FieldDesignatorInfo(const IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation DotLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation FieldLoc)
|
||
: NameOrField(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(II) | 0x1), DotLoc(DotLoc),
|
||
FieldLoc(FieldLoc) {}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10...15]".
|
||
struct ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo {
|
||
/// Location of the first index expression within the designated
|
||
/// initializer expression's list of subexpressions.
|
||
unsigned Index;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the '[' starting the array range designator.
|
||
SourceLocation LBracketLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end
|
||
/// indices. Only valid for GNU array-range designators.
|
||
SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the ']' terminating the array range designator.
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc;
|
||
|
||
ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
|
||
: Index(Index), LBracketLoc(LBracketLoc), RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) {}
|
||
|
||
ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(unsigned Index,
|
||
SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
|
||
: Index(Index), LBracketLoc(LBracketLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
|
||
RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) {}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// The kind of designator this describes.
|
||
enum DesignatorKind {
|
||
FieldDesignator,
|
||
ArrayDesignator,
|
||
ArrayRangeDesignator
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
DesignatorKind Kind;
|
||
|
||
union {
|
||
/// A field designator, e.g., ".x".
|
||
struct FieldDesignatorInfo FieldInfo;
|
||
|
||
/// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]".
|
||
struct ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo ArrayOrRangeInfo;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
Designator(DesignatorKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
Designator() {}
|
||
|
||
bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; }
|
||
bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; }
|
||
bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; }
|
||
|
||
//===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
// FieldDesignatorInfo
|
||
|
||
/// Creates a field designator.
|
||
static Designator CreateFieldDesignator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
|
||
SourceLocation DotLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation FieldLoc) {
|
||
Designator D(FieldDesignator);
|
||
new (&D.FieldInfo) FieldDesignatorInfo(FieldName, DotLoc, FieldLoc);
|
||
return D;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const;
|
||
|
||
FieldDecl *getFieldDecl() const {
|
||
assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator");
|
||
if (FieldInfo.NameOrField & 0x01)
|
||
return nullptr;
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(FieldInfo.NameOrField);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setFieldDecl(FieldDecl *FD) {
|
||
assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator");
|
||
FieldInfo.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FD);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getDotLoc() const {
|
||
assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator");
|
||
return FieldInfo.DotLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const {
|
||
assert(isFieldDesignator() && "Only valid on a field designator");
|
||
return FieldInfo.FieldLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
//===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
// ArrayOrRangeDesignator
|
||
|
||
/// Creates an array designator.
|
||
static Designator CreateArrayDesignator(unsigned Index,
|
||
SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc) {
|
||
Designator D(ArrayDesignator);
|
||
new (&D.ArrayOrRangeInfo) ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(Index, LBracketLoc,
|
||
RBracketLoc);
|
||
return D;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Creates a GNU array-range designator.
|
||
static Designator CreateArrayRangeDesignator(unsigned Index,
|
||
SourceLocation LBracketLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc) {
|
||
Designator D(ArrayRangeDesignator);
|
||
new (&D.ArrayOrRangeInfo) ArrayOrRangeDesignatorInfo(Index, LBracketLoc,
|
||
EllipsisLoc,
|
||
RBracketLoc);
|
||
return D;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getArrayIndex() const {
|
||
assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) &&
|
||
"Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
|
||
return ArrayOrRangeInfo.Index;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const {
|
||
assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) &&
|
||
"Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
|
||
return ArrayOrRangeInfo.LBracketLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
|
||
assert(isArrayRangeDesignator() &&
|
||
"Only valid on an array-range designator");
|
||
return ArrayOrRangeInfo.EllipsisLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const {
|
||
assert((isArrayDesignator() || isArrayRangeDesignator()) &&
|
||
"Only valid on an array or array-range designator");
|
||
return ArrayOrRangeInfo.RBracketLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
if (isFieldDesignator())
|
||
return getDotLoc().isInvalid() ? getFieldLoc() : getDotLoc();
|
||
return getLBracketLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return isFieldDesignator() ? getFieldLoc() : getRBracketLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static DesignatedInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C,
|
||
llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs,
|
||
SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc,
|
||
bool GNUSyntax, Expr *Init);
|
||
|
||
static DesignatedInitExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C,
|
||
unsigned NumIndexExprs);
|
||
|
||
/// Returns the number of designators in this initializer.
|
||
unsigned size() const { return NumDesignators; }
|
||
|
||
// Iterator access to the designators.
|
||
llvm::MutableArrayRef<Designator> designators() {
|
||
return {Designators, NumDesignators};
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> designators() const {
|
||
return {Designators, NumDesignators};
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) { return &designators()[Idx]; }
|
||
const Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const {
|
||
return &designators()[Idx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setDesignators(const ASTContext &C, const Designator *Desigs,
|
||
unsigned NumDesigs);
|
||
|
||
Expr *getArrayIndex(const Designator &D) const;
|
||
Expr *getArrayRangeStart(const Designator &D) const;
|
||
Expr *getArrayRangeEnd(const Designator &D) const;
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the location of the '=' that precedes the
|
||
/// initializer value itself, if present.
|
||
SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const { return EqualOrColonLoc; }
|
||
void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { EqualOrColonLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this designated initializer should result in direct-initialization
|
||
/// of the designated subobject (eg, '{.foo{1, 2, 3}}').
|
||
bool isDirectInit() const { return EqualOrColonLoc.isInvalid(); }
|
||
|
||
/// Determines whether this designated initializer used the
|
||
/// deprecated GNU syntax for designated initializers.
|
||
bool usesGNUSyntax() const { return GNUSyntax; }
|
||
void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU) { GNUSyntax = GNU; }
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the initializer value.
|
||
Expr *getInit() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(*const_cast<DesignatedInitExpr*>(this)->child_begin());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setInit(Expr *init) {
|
||
*child_begin() = init;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this
|
||
/// designated initializer expression, including the actual
|
||
/// initialized value and any expressions that occur within array
|
||
/// and array-range designators.
|
||
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) const {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E) {
|
||
assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range");
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx] = E;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Replaces the designator at index @p Idx with the series
|
||
/// of designators in [First, Last).
|
||
void ExpandDesignator(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Idx,
|
||
const Designator *First, const Designator *Last);
|
||
|
||
SourceRange getDesignatorsSourceRange() const;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
Stmt **begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>();
|
||
return child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
Stmt * const *begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>();
|
||
return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a place-holder for an object not to be initialized by
|
||
/// anything.
|
||
///
|
||
/// This only makes sense when it appears as part of an updater of a
|
||
/// DesignatedInitUpdateExpr (see below). The base expression of a DIUE
|
||
/// initializes a big object, and the NoInitExpr's mark the spots within the
|
||
/// big object not to be overwritten by the updater.
|
||
///
|
||
/// \see DesignatedInitUpdateExpr
|
||
class NoInitExpr : public Expr {
|
||
public:
|
||
explicit NoInitExpr(QualType ty)
|
||
: Expr(NoInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
explicit NoInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(NoInitExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == NoInitExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
// In cases like:
|
||
// struct Q { int a, b, c; };
|
||
// Q *getQ();
|
||
// void foo() {
|
||
// struct A { Q q; } a = { *getQ(), .q.b = 3 };
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// We will have an InitListExpr for a, with type A, and then a
|
||
// DesignatedInitUpdateExpr for "a.q" with type Q. The "base" for this DIUE
|
||
// is the call expression *getQ(); the "updater" for the DIUE is ".q.b = 3"
|
||
//
|
||
class DesignatedInitUpdateExpr : public Expr {
|
||
// BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] is the base expression;
|
||
// BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] is an InitListExpr overwriting part of the base.
|
||
Stmt *BaseAndUpdaterExprs[2];
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lBraceLoc,
|
||
Expr *baseExprs, SourceLocation rBraceLoc);
|
||
|
||
explicit DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY;
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0]); }
|
||
void setBase(Expr *Base) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] = Base; }
|
||
|
||
InitListExpr *getUpdater() const {
|
||
return cast<InitListExpr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1]);
|
||
}
|
||
void setUpdater(Expr *Updater) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] = Updater; }
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
// children = the base and the updater
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0],
|
||
&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
|
||
///
|
||
/// The need to initialize the elements of an array occurs in a number of
|
||
/// contexts:
|
||
///
|
||
/// * in the implicit copy/move constructor for a class with an array member
|
||
/// * when a lambda-expression captures an array by value
|
||
/// * when a decomposition declaration decomposes an array
|
||
///
|
||
/// There are two subexpressions: a common expression (the source array)
|
||
/// that is evaluated once up-front, and a per-element initializer that
|
||
/// runs once for each array element.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Within the per-element initializer, the common expression may be referenced
|
||
/// via an OpaqueValueExpr, and the current index may be obtained via an
|
||
/// ArrayInitIndexExpr.
|
||
class ArrayInitLoopExpr : public Expr {
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[2];
|
||
|
||
explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, Empty), SubExprs{} {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(QualType T, Expr *CommonInit, Expr *ElementInit)
|
||
: Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary),
|
||
SubExprs{CommonInit, ElementInit} {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source
|
||
/// array).
|
||
OpaqueValueExpr *getCommonExpr() const {
|
||
return cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SubExprs[0]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get the initializer to use for each array element.
|
||
Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[1]); }
|
||
|
||
llvm::APInt getArraySize() const {
|
||
return cast<ConstantArrayType>(getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
|
||
->getSize();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
|
||
return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitLoopExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getCommonExpr()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getCommonExpr()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents the index of the current element of an array being
|
||
/// initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr. This can only appear within the
|
||
/// subexpression of an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
|
||
class ArrayInitIndexExpr : public Expr {
|
||
explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(QualType T)
|
||
: Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) {
|
||
setDependence(ExprDependence::None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *S) {
|
||
return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitIndexExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of
|
||
/// an object of a given type.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Implicit value initializations occur within semantic initializer
|
||
/// list expressions (InitListExpr) as placeholders for subobject
|
||
/// initializations not explicitly specified by the user.
|
||
///
|
||
/// \see InitListExpr
|
||
class ImplicitValueInitExpr : public Expr {
|
||
public:
|
||
explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(QualType ty)
|
||
: Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Construct an empty implicit value initialization.
|
||
explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitValueInitExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); }
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
class ParenListExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<ParenListExpr, Stmt *> {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the left and right parentheses.
|
||
SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
/// Build a paren list.
|
||
ParenListExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty paren list.
|
||
ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumExprs);
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Create a paren list.
|
||
static ParenListExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc);
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty paren list.
|
||
static ParenListExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumExprs);
|
||
|
||
/// Return the number of expressions in this paren list.
|
||
unsigned getNumExprs() const { return ParenListExprBits.NumExprs; }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) {
|
||
assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!");
|
||
return getExprs()[Init];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) const {
|
||
return const_cast<ParenListExpr *>(this)->getExpr(Init);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Expr **getExprs() {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> exprs() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getExprs(), getNumExprs()); }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLParenLoc(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ParenListExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Represents a C11 generic selection.
|
||
///
|
||
/// A generic selection (C11 6.5.1.1) contains an unevaluated controlling
|
||
/// expression, followed by one or more generic associations. Each generic
|
||
/// association specifies a type name and an expression, or "default" and an
|
||
/// expression (in which case it is known as a default generic association).
|
||
/// The type and value of the generic selection are identical to those of its
|
||
/// result expression, which is defined as the expression in the generic
|
||
/// association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the
|
||
/// controlling expression, or the expression in the default generic association
|
||
/// if no types are compatible. For example:
|
||
///
|
||
/// @code
|
||
/// _Generic(X, double: 1, float: 2, default: 3)
|
||
/// @endcode
|
||
///
|
||
/// The above expression evaluates to 1 if 1.0 is substituted for X, 2 if 1.0f
|
||
/// or 3 if "hello".
|
||
///
|
||
/// As an extension, generic selections are allowed in C++, where the following
|
||
/// additional semantics apply:
|
||
///
|
||
/// Any generic selection whose controlling expression is type-dependent or
|
||
/// which names a dependent type in its association list is result-dependent,
|
||
/// which means that the choice of result expression is dependent.
|
||
/// Result-dependent generic associations are both type- and value-dependent.
|
||
///
|
||
/// We also allow an extended form in both C and C++ where the controlling
|
||
/// predicate for the selection expression is a type rather than an expression.
|
||
/// This type argument form does not perform any conversions for the
|
||
/// controlling type, which makes it suitable for use with qualified type
|
||
/// associations, which is not possible with the expression form.
|
||
class GenericSelectionExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<GenericSelectionExpr, Stmt *,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *> {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
|
||
/// The number of association expressions and the index of the result
|
||
/// expression in the case where the generic selection expression is not
|
||
/// result-dependent. The result index is equal to ResultDependentIndex
|
||
/// if and only if the generic selection expression is result-dependent.
|
||
unsigned NumAssocs : 15;
|
||
unsigned ResultIndex : 15; // NB: ResultDependentIndex is tied to this width.
|
||
LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool)
|
||
unsigned IsExprPredicate : 1;
|
||
enum : unsigned {
|
||
ResultDependentIndex = 0x7FFF
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
unsigned getIndexOfControllingExpression() const {
|
||
// If controlled by an expression, the first offset into the Stmt *
|
||
// trailing array is the controlling expression, the associated expressions
|
||
// follow this.
|
||
assert(isExprPredicate() && "Asking for the controlling expression of a "
|
||
"selection expr predicated by a type");
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getIndexOfControllingType() const {
|
||
// If controlled by a type, the first offset into the TypeSourceInfo *
|
||
// trailing array is the controlling type, the associated types follow this.
|
||
assert(isTypePredicate() && "Asking for the controlling type of a "
|
||
"selection expr predicated by an expression");
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() const {
|
||
// If the predicate is a type, then the associated expressions are the only
|
||
// Stmt * in the trailing array, otherwise we need to offset past the
|
||
// predicate expression.
|
||
return (int)isExprPredicate();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes() const {
|
||
// If the predicate is a type, then the associated types follow it in the
|
||
// trailing array. Otherwise, the associated types are the only
|
||
// TypeSourceInfo * in the trailing array.
|
||
return (int)isTypePredicate();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/// The location of the "default" and of the right parenthesis.
|
||
SourceLocation DefaultLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
// GenericSelectionExpr is followed by several trailing objects.
|
||
// They are (in order):
|
||
//
|
||
// * A single Stmt * for the controlling expression or a TypeSourceInfo * for
|
||
// the controlling type, depending on the result of isTypePredicate() or
|
||
// isExprPredicate().
|
||
// * An array of getNumAssocs() Stmt * for the association expressions.
|
||
// * An array of getNumAssocs() TypeSourceInfo *, one for each of the
|
||
// association expressions.
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const {
|
||
// Add one to account for the controlling expression; the remainder
|
||
// are the associated expressions.
|
||
return getNumAssocs() + (int)isExprPredicate();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TypeSourceInfo *>) const {
|
||
// Add one to account for the controlling type predicate, the remainder
|
||
// are the associated types.
|
||
return getNumAssocs() + (int)isTypePredicate();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
template <bool Const> class AssociationIteratorTy;
|
||
/// Bundle together an association expression and its TypeSourceInfo.
|
||
/// The Const template parameter is for the const and non-const versions
|
||
/// of AssociationTy.
|
||
template <bool Const> class AssociationTy {
|
||
friend class GenericSelectionExpr;
|
||
template <bool OtherConst> friend class AssociationIteratorTy;
|
||
using ExprPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const Expr *, Expr *>;
|
||
using TSIPtrTy =
|
||
std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *, TypeSourceInfo *>;
|
||
ExprPtrTy E;
|
||
TSIPtrTy TSI;
|
||
bool Selected;
|
||
AssociationTy(ExprPtrTy E, TSIPtrTy TSI, bool Selected)
|
||
: E(E), TSI(TSI), Selected(Selected) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
ExprPtrTy getAssociationExpr() const { return E; }
|
||
TSIPtrTy getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; }
|
||
QualType getType() const { return TSI ? TSI->getType() : QualType(); }
|
||
bool isSelected() const { return Selected; }
|
||
AssociationTy *operator->() { return this; }
|
||
const AssociationTy *operator->() const { return this; }
|
||
}; // class AssociationTy
|
||
|
||
/// Iterator over const and non-const Association objects. The Association
|
||
/// objects are created on the fly when the iterator is dereferenced.
|
||
/// This abstract over how exactly the association expressions and the
|
||
/// corresponding TypeSourceInfo * are stored.
|
||
template <bool Const>
|
||
class AssociationIteratorTy
|
||
: public llvm::iterator_facade_base<
|
||
AssociationIteratorTy<Const>, std::input_iterator_tag,
|
||
AssociationTy<Const>, std::ptrdiff_t, AssociationTy<Const>,
|
||
AssociationTy<Const>> {
|
||
friend class GenericSelectionExpr;
|
||
// FIXME: This iterator could conceptually be a random access iterator, and
|
||
// it would be nice if we could strengthen the iterator category someday.
|
||
// However this iterator does not satisfy two requirements of forward
|
||
// iterators:
|
||
// a) reference = T& or reference = const T&
|
||
// b) If It1 and It2 are both dereferenceable, then It1 == It2 if and only
|
||
// if *It1 and *It2 are bound to the same objects.
|
||
// An alternative design approach was discussed during review;
|
||
// store an Association object inside the iterator, and return a reference
|
||
// to it when dereferenced. This idea was discarded because of nasty
|
||
// lifetime issues:
|
||
// AssociationIterator It = ...;
|
||
// const Association &Assoc = *It++; // Oops, Assoc is dangling.
|
||
using BaseTy = typename AssociationIteratorTy::iterator_facade_base;
|
||
using StmtPtrPtrTy =
|
||
std::conditional_t<Const, const Stmt *const *, Stmt **>;
|
||
using TSIPtrPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *const *,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo **>;
|
||
StmtPtrPtrTy E = nullptr;
|
||
TSIPtrPtrTy TSI; // Kept in sync with E.
|
||
unsigned Offset = 0, SelectedOffset = 0;
|
||
AssociationIteratorTy(StmtPtrPtrTy E, TSIPtrPtrTy TSI, unsigned Offset,
|
||
unsigned SelectedOffset)
|
||
: E(E), TSI(TSI), Offset(Offset), SelectedOffset(SelectedOffset) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
AssociationIteratorTy() : E(nullptr), TSI(nullptr) {}
|
||
typename BaseTy::reference operator*() const {
|
||
return AssociationTy<Const>(cast<Expr>(*E), *TSI,
|
||
Offset == SelectedOffset);
|
||
}
|
||
typename BaseTy::pointer operator->() const { return **this; }
|
||
using BaseTy::operator++;
|
||
AssociationIteratorTy &operator++() {
|
||
++E;
|
||
++TSI;
|
||
++Offset;
|
||
return *this;
|
||
}
|
||
bool operator==(AssociationIteratorTy Other) const { return E == Other.E; }
|
||
}; // class AssociationIterator
|
||
|
||
/// Build a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an
|
||
/// expression predicate.
|
||
GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
Expr *ControllingExpr,
|
||
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
|
||
bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
|
||
unsigned ResultIndex);
|
||
|
||
/// Build a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an
|
||
/// expression predicate.
|
||
GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
Expr *ControllingExpr,
|
||
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
|
||
bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
|
||
|
||
/// Build a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a
|
||
/// type predicate.
|
||
GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType,
|
||
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
|
||
bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
|
||
unsigned ResultIndex);
|
||
|
||
/// Build a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a type
|
||
/// predicate.
|
||
GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType,
|
||
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
|
||
bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty generic selection expression for deserialization.
|
||
explicit GenericSelectionExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumAssocs);
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// Create a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an
|
||
/// expression predicate.
|
||
static GenericSelectionExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
|
||
unsigned ResultIndex);
|
||
|
||
/// Create a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting an
|
||
/// expression predicate.
|
||
static GenericSelectionExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
|
||
|
||
/// Create a non-result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a
|
||
/// type predicate.
|
||
static GenericSelectionExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
|
||
unsigned ResultIndex);
|
||
|
||
/// Create a result-dependent generic selection expression accepting a type
|
||
/// predicate
|
||
static GenericSelectionExpr *
|
||
Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc,
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty generic selection expression for deserialization.
|
||
static GenericSelectionExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
|
||
unsigned NumAssocs);
|
||
|
||
using Association = AssociationTy<false>;
|
||
using ConstAssociation = AssociationTy<true>;
|
||
using AssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<false>;
|
||
using ConstAssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<true>;
|
||
using association_range = llvm::iterator_range<AssociationIterator>;
|
||
using const_association_range =
|
||
llvm::iterator_range<ConstAssociationIterator>;
|
||
|
||
/// The number of association expressions.
|
||
unsigned getNumAssocs() const { return NumAssocs; }
|
||
|
||
/// The zero-based index of the result expression's generic association in
|
||
/// the generic selection's association list. Defined only if the
|
||
/// generic selection is not result-dependent.
|
||
unsigned getResultIndex() const {
|
||
assert(!isResultDependent() &&
|
||
"Generic selection is result-dependent but getResultIndex called!");
|
||
return ResultIndex;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this generic selection is result-dependent.
|
||
bool isResultDependent() const { return ResultIndex == ResultDependentIndex; }
|
||
|
||
/// Whether this generic selection uses an expression as its controlling
|
||
/// argument.
|
||
bool isExprPredicate() const { return IsExprPredicate; }
|
||
/// Whether this generic selection uses a type as its controlling argument.
|
||
bool isTypePredicate() const { return !IsExprPredicate; }
|
||
|
||
/// Return the controlling expression of this generic selection expression.
|
||
/// Only valid to call if the selection expression used an expression as its
|
||
/// controlling argument.
|
||
Expr *getControllingExpr() {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfControllingExpression()]);
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getControllingExpr() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfControllingExpression()]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the controlling type of this generic selection expression. Only
|
||
/// valid to call if the selection expression used a type as its controlling
|
||
/// argument.
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *getControllingType() {
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfControllingType()];
|
||
}
|
||
const TypeSourceInfo* getControllingType() const {
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfControllingType()];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the result expression of this controlling expression. Defined if
|
||
/// and only if the generic selection expression is not result-dependent.
|
||
Expr *getResultExpr() {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() +
|
||
getResultIndex()]);
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getResultExpr() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() +
|
||
getResultIndex()]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> getAssocExprs() const {
|
||
return {reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() +
|
||
getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs()),
|
||
NumAssocs};
|
||
}
|
||
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getAssocTypeSourceInfos() const {
|
||
return {getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>() +
|
||
getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes(),
|
||
NumAssocs};
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the Ith association expression with its TypeSourceInfo,
|
||
/// bundled together in GenericSelectionExpr::(Const)Association.
|
||
Association getAssociation(unsigned I) {
|
||
assert(I < getNumAssocs() &&
|
||
"Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!");
|
||
return Association(
|
||
cast<Expr>(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() +
|
||
I]),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes() + I],
|
||
!isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I));
|
||
}
|
||
ConstAssociation getAssociation(unsigned I) const {
|
||
assert(I < getNumAssocs() &&
|
||
"Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!");
|
||
return ConstAssociation(
|
||
cast<Expr>(
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs() +
|
||
I]),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<
|
||
TypeSourceInfo *>()[getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes() + I],
|
||
!isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
association_range associations() {
|
||
AssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() +
|
||
getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>() +
|
||
getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes(),
|
||
/*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex);
|
||
AssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs,
|
||
/*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex);
|
||
return llvm::make_range(Begin, End);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_association_range associations() const {
|
||
ConstAssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() +
|
||
getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedExprs(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>() +
|
||
getIndexOfStartOfAssociatedTypes(),
|
||
/*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex);
|
||
ConstAssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs,
|
||
/*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex);
|
||
return llvm::make_range(Begin, End);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const {
|
||
return GenericSelectionExprBits.GenericLoc;
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return DefaultLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getGenericLoc(); }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == GenericSelectionExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() +
|
||
numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>()));
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(),
|
||
getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() +
|
||
numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>()));
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
// Clang Extensions
|
||
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
||
|
||
/// ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a
|
||
/// vector, and may occur on the left hand side or right hand side. For example
|
||
/// the following is legal: "V.xy = V.zw" if V is a 4 element extended vector.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Note that the base may have either vector or pointer to vector type, just
|
||
/// like a struct field reference.
|
||
///
|
||
class ExtVectorElementExpr : public Expr {
|
||
Stmt *Base;
|
||
IdentifierInfo *Accessor;
|
||
SourceLocation AccessorLoc;
|
||
public:
|
||
ExtVectorElementExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *base,
|
||
IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc)
|
||
: Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, ty, VK,
|
||
(VK == VK_PRValue ? OK_Ordinary : OK_VectorComponent)),
|
||
Base(base), Accessor(&accessor), AccessorLoc(loc) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty vector element expression.
|
||
explicit ExtVectorElementExpr(EmptyShell Empty)
|
||
: Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
|
||
Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Base); }
|
||
void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
|
||
|
||
IdentifierInfo &getAccessor() const { return *Accessor; }
|
||
void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II) { Accessor = II; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const { return AccessorLoc; }
|
||
void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L) { AccessorLoc = L; }
|
||
|
||
/// getNumElements - Get the number of components being selected.
|
||
unsigned getNumElements() const;
|
||
|
||
/// containsDuplicateElements - Return true if any element access is
|
||
/// repeated.
|
||
bool containsDuplicateElements() const;
|
||
|
||
/// getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm
|
||
/// aggregate Constant of ConstantInt(s).
|
||
void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl<uint32_t> &Elts) const;
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBase()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AccessorLoc; }
|
||
|
||
/// isArrow - Return true if the base expression is a pointer to vector,
|
||
/// return false if the base expression is a vector.
|
||
bool isArrow() const;
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ExtVectorElementExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
|
||
/// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body }
|
||
class BlockExpr : public Expr {
|
||
protected:
|
||
BlockDecl *TheBlock;
|
||
public:
|
||
BlockExpr(BlockDecl *BD, QualType ty)
|
||
: Expr(BlockExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TheBlock(BD) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty block expression.
|
||
explicit BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BlockExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return TheBlock; }
|
||
BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() { return TheBlock; }
|
||
void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD) { TheBlock = BD; }
|
||
|
||
// Convenience functions for probing the underlying BlockDecl.
|
||
SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const;
|
||
const Stmt *getBody() const;
|
||
Stmt *getBody();
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getCaretLocation();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBody()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getFunctionType - Return the underlying function type for this block.
|
||
const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionType() const;
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == BlockExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Copy initialization expr of a __block variable and a boolean flag that
|
||
/// indicates whether the expression can throw.
|
||
struct BlockVarCopyInit {
|
||
BlockVarCopyInit() = default;
|
||
BlockVarCopyInit(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow)
|
||
: ExprAndFlag(CopyExpr, CanThrow) {}
|
||
void setExprAndFlag(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) {
|
||
ExprAndFlag.setPointerAndInt(CopyExpr, CanThrow);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return ExprAndFlag.getPointer(); }
|
||
bool canThrow() const { return ExprAndFlag.getInt(); }
|
||
llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> ExprAndFlag;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2]
|
||
/// This AST node provides support for reinterpreting a type to another
|
||
/// type of the same size.
|
||
class AsTypeExpr : public Expr {
|
||
private:
|
||
Stmt *SrcExpr;
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
explicit AsTypeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, Empty) {}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
AsTypeExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, QualType DstType, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RParenLoc)
|
||
: Expr(AsTypeExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr),
|
||
BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
|
||
Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); }
|
||
|
||
/// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token.
|
||
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
|
||
/// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis.
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == AsTypeExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); }
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object
|
||
/// l-value. A pseudo-object is an abstract object, accesses to which
|
||
/// are translated to calls. The pseudo-object expression has a
|
||
/// syntactic form, which shows how the expression was actually
|
||
/// written in the source code, and a semantic form, which is a series
|
||
/// of expressions to be executed in order which detail how the
|
||
/// operation is actually evaluated. Optionally, one of the semantic
|
||
/// forms may also provide a result value for the expression.
|
||
///
|
||
/// If any of the semantic-form expressions is an OpaqueValueExpr,
|
||
/// that OVE is required to have a source expression, and it is bound
|
||
/// to the result of that source expression. Such OVEs may appear
|
||
/// only in subsequent semantic-form expressions and as
|
||
/// sub-expressions of the syntactic form.
|
||
///
|
||
/// PseudoObjectExpr should be used only when an operation can be
|
||
/// usefully described in terms of fairly simple rewrite rules on
|
||
/// objects and functions that are meant to be used by end-developers.
|
||
/// For example, under the Itanium ABI, dynamic casts are implemented
|
||
/// as a call to a runtime function called __dynamic_cast; using this
|
||
/// class to describe that would be inappropriate because that call is
|
||
/// not really part of the user-visible semantics, and instead the
|
||
/// cast is properly reflected in the AST and IR-generation has been
|
||
/// taught to generate the call as necessary. In contrast, an
|
||
/// Objective-C property access is semantically defined to be
|
||
/// equivalent to a particular message send, and this is very much
|
||
/// part of the user model. The name of this class encourages this
|
||
/// modelling design.
|
||
class PseudoObjectExpr final
|
||
: public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<PseudoObjectExpr, Expr *> {
|
||
// PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs - The number of sub-expressions.
|
||
// Always at least two, because the first sub-expression is the
|
||
// syntactic form.
|
||
|
||
// PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - The index of the
|
||
// sub-expression holding the result. 0 means the result is void,
|
||
// which is unambiguous because it's the index of the syntactic
|
||
// form. Note that this is therefore 1 higher than the value passed
|
||
// in to Create, which is an index within the semantic forms.
|
||
// Note also that ASTStmtWriter assumes this encoding.
|
||
|
||
Expr **getSubExprsBuffer() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); }
|
||
const Expr * const *getSubExprsBuffer() const {
|
||
return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PseudoObjectExpr(QualType type, ExprValueKind VK,
|
||
Expr *syntactic, ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic,
|
||
unsigned resultIndex);
|
||
|
||
PseudoObjectExpr(EmptyShell shell, unsigned numSemanticExprs);
|
||
|
||
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const {
|
||
return PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
/// NoResult - A value for the result index indicating that there is
|
||
/// no semantic result.
|
||
enum : unsigned { NoResult = ~0U };
|
||
|
||
static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *syntactic,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic,
|
||
unsigned resultIndex);
|
||
|
||
static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, EmptyShell shell,
|
||
unsigned numSemanticExprs);
|
||
|
||
/// Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e. the
|
||
/// expression it actually looks like. Likely to be expressed in
|
||
/// terms of OpaqueValueExprs bound in the semantic form.
|
||
Expr *getSyntacticForm() { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; }
|
||
const Expr *getSyntacticForm() const { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; }
|
||
|
||
/// Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics
|
||
/// expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult if there is none.
|
||
unsigned getResultExprIndex() const {
|
||
if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) return NoResult;
|
||
return PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
|
||
Expr *getResultExpr() {
|
||
if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0)
|
||
return nullptr;
|
||
return getSubExprsBuffer()[PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex];
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getResultExpr() const {
|
||
return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getResultExpr();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const { return getNumSubExprs() - 1; }
|
||
|
||
typedef Expr * const *semantics_iterator;
|
||
typedef const Expr * const *const_semantics_iterator;
|
||
semantics_iterator semantics_begin() {
|
||
return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1;
|
||
}
|
||
const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const {
|
||
return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1;
|
||
}
|
||
semantics_iterator semantics_end() {
|
||
return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs();
|
||
}
|
||
const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const {
|
||
return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr*> semantics() {
|
||
return ArrayRef(semantics_begin(), semantics_end());
|
||
}
|
||
ArrayRef<const Expr*> semantics() const {
|
||
return ArrayRef(semantics_begin(), semantics_end());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) {
|
||
assert(index + 1 < getNumSubExprs());
|
||
return getSubExprsBuffer()[index + 1];
|
||
}
|
||
const Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const {
|
||
return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getSemanticExpr(index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getSyntacticForm()->getExprLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getSyntacticForm()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getSyntacticForm()->getEndLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
const_child_range CCR =
|
||
const_cast<const PseudoObjectExpr *>(this)->children();
|
||
return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()),
|
||
cast_away_const(CCR.end()));
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
Stmt *const *cs = const_cast<Stmt *const *>(
|
||
reinterpret_cast<const Stmt *const *>(getSubExprsBuffer()));
|
||
return const_child_range(cs, cs + getNumSubExprs());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == PseudoObjectExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*,
|
||
/// __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the
|
||
/// similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>,
|
||
/// and corresponding __opencl_atomic_* for OpenCL 2.0.
|
||
/// All of these instructions take one primary pointer, at least one memory
|
||
/// order. The instructions for which getScopeModel returns non-null value
|
||
/// take one synch scope.
|
||
class AtomicExpr : public Expr {
|
||
public:
|
||
enum AtomicOp {
|
||
#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
|
||
#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) AO ## ID,
|
||
#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.inc"
|
||
// Avoid trailing comma
|
||
BI_First = 0
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
/// Location of sub-expressions.
|
||
/// The location of Scope sub-expression is NumSubExprs - 1, which is
|
||
/// not fixed, therefore is not defined in enum.
|
||
enum { PTR, ORDER, VAL1, ORDER_FAIL, VAL2, WEAK, END_EXPR };
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR + 1];
|
||
unsigned NumSubExprs;
|
||
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc;
|
||
AtomicOp Op;
|
||
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
public:
|
||
AtomicExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t,
|
||
AtomicOp op, SourceLocation RP);
|
||
|
||
/// Determine the number of arguments the specified atomic builtin
|
||
/// should have.
|
||
static unsigned getNumSubExprs(AtomicOp Op);
|
||
|
||
/// Build an empty AtomicExpr.
|
||
explicit AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AtomicExprClass, Empty) { }
|
||
|
||
Expr *getPtr() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[PTR]);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getOrder() const {
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getScope() const {
|
||
assert(getScopeModel() && "No scope");
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[NumSubExprs - 1]);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getVal1() const {
|
||
if (Op == AO__c11_atomic_init || Op == AO__opencl_atomic_init)
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]);
|
||
assert(NumSubExprs > VAL1);
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL1]);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getOrderFail() const {
|
||
assert(NumSubExprs > ORDER_FAIL);
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getVal2() const {
|
||
if (Op == AO__atomic_exchange || Op == AO__scoped_atomic_exchange)
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]);
|
||
assert(NumSubExprs > VAL2);
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL2]);
|
||
}
|
||
Expr *getWeak() const {
|
||
assert(NumSubExprs > WEAK);
|
||
return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[WEAK]);
|
||
}
|
||
QualType getValueType() const;
|
||
|
||
AtomicOp getOp() const { return Op; }
|
||
StringRef getOpAsString() const {
|
||
switch (Op) {
|
||
#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
|
||
#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
|
||
case AO##ID: \
|
||
return #ID;
|
||
#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.inc"
|
||
}
|
||
llvm_unreachable("not an atomic operator?");
|
||
}
|
||
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; }
|
||
|
||
Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); }
|
||
const Expr * const *getSubExprs() const {
|
||
return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(SubExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isVolatile() const {
|
||
return getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isCmpXChg() const {
|
||
return getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_weak ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange ||
|
||
getOp() == AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange_n;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isOpenCL() const {
|
||
return getOp() >= AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong &&
|
||
getOp() <= AO__opencl_atomic_store;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == AtomicExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Iterators
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+NumSubExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NumSubExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get atomic scope model for the atomic op code.
|
||
/// \return empty atomic scope model if the atomic op code does not have
|
||
/// scope operand.
|
||
static std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel(AtomicOp Op) {
|
||
// FIXME: Allow grouping of builtins to be able to only check >= and <=
|
||
if (Op >= AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong &&
|
||
Op <= AO__opencl_atomic_store && Op != AO__opencl_atomic_init)
|
||
return AtomicScopeModel::create(AtomicScopeModelKind::OpenCL);
|
||
if (Op >= AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong &&
|
||
Op <= AO__hip_atomic_store)
|
||
return AtomicScopeModel::create(AtomicScopeModelKind::HIP);
|
||
if (Op >= AO__scoped_atomic_add_fetch && Op <= AO__scoped_atomic_xor_fetch)
|
||
return AtomicScopeModel::create(AtomicScopeModelKind::Generic);
|
||
return AtomicScopeModel::create(AtomicScopeModelKind::None);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get atomic scope model.
|
||
/// \return empty atomic scope model if this atomic expression does not have
|
||
/// scope operand.
|
||
std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel() const {
|
||
return getScopeModel(getOp());
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// TypoExpr - Internal placeholder for expressions where typo correction
|
||
/// still needs to be performed and/or an error diagnostic emitted.
|
||
class TypoExpr : public Expr {
|
||
// The location for the typo name.
|
||
SourceLocation TypoLoc;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
TypoExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation TypoLoc)
|
||
: Expr(TypoExprClass, T, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), TypoLoc(TypoLoc) {
|
||
assert(T->isDependentType() && "TypoExpr given a non-dependent type");
|
||
setDependence(ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation |
|
||
ExprDependence::Error);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator());
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == TypoExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// This class represents BOTH the OpenMP Array Section and OpenACC 'subarray',
|
||
/// with a boolean differentiator.
|
||
/// OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.5, Array Sections].
|
||
/// To specify an array section in an OpenMP construct, array subscript
|
||
/// expressions are extended with the following syntax:
|
||
/// \code
|
||
/// [ lower-bound : length : stride ]
|
||
/// [ lower-bound : length : ]
|
||
/// [ lower-bound : length ]
|
||
/// [ lower-bound : : stride ]
|
||
/// [ lower-bound : : ]
|
||
/// [ lower-bound : ]
|
||
/// [ : length : stride ]
|
||
/// [ : length : ]
|
||
/// [ : length ]
|
||
/// [ : : stride ]
|
||
/// [ : : ]
|
||
/// [ : ]
|
||
/// \endcode
|
||
/// The array section must be a subset of the original array.
|
||
/// Array sections are allowed on multidimensional arrays. Base language array
|
||
/// subscript expressions can be used to specify length-one dimensions of
|
||
/// multidimensional array sections.
|
||
/// Each of the lower-bound, length, and stride expressions if specified must be
|
||
/// an integral type expressions of the base language. When evaluated
|
||
/// they represent a set of integer values as follows:
|
||
/// \code
|
||
/// { lower-bound, lower-bound + stride, lower-bound + 2 * stride,... ,
|
||
/// lower-bound + ((length - 1) * stride) }
|
||
/// \endcode
|
||
/// The lower-bound and length must evaluate to non-negative integers.
|
||
/// The stride must evaluate to a positive integer.
|
||
/// When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be
|
||
/// specified explicitly.
|
||
/// When the stride is absent it defaults to 1.
|
||
/// When the length is absent it defaults to ⌈(size − lower-bound)/stride⌉,
|
||
/// where size is the size of the array dimension. When the lower-bound is
|
||
/// absent it defaults to 0.
|
||
///
|
||
///
|
||
/// OpenACC 3.3 [2.7.1 Data Specification in Data Clauses]
|
||
/// In C and C++, a subarray is an array name followed by an extended array
|
||
/// range specification in brackets, with start and length, such as
|
||
///
|
||
/// AA[2:n]
|
||
///
|
||
/// If the lower bound is missing, zero is used. If the length is missing and
|
||
/// the array has known size, the size of the array is used; otherwise the
|
||
/// length is required. The subarray AA[2:n] means elements AA[2], AA[3], . . .
|
||
/// , AA[2+n-1]. In C and C++, a two dimensional array may be declared in at
|
||
/// least four ways:
|
||
///
|
||
/// -Statically-sized array: float AA[100][200];
|
||
/// -Pointer to statically sized rows: typedef float row[200]; row* BB;
|
||
/// -Statically-sized array of pointers: float* CC[200];
|
||
/// -Pointer to pointers: float** DD;
|
||
///
|
||
/// Each dimension may be statically sized, or a pointer to dynamically
|
||
/// allocated memory. Each of these may be included in a data clause using
|
||
/// subarray notation to specify a rectangular array:
|
||
///
|
||
/// -AA[2:n][0:200]
|
||
/// -BB[2:n][0:m]
|
||
/// -CC[2:n][0:m]
|
||
/// -DD[2:n][0:m]
|
||
///
|
||
/// Multidimensional rectangular subarrays in C and C++ may be specified for any
|
||
/// array with any combination of statically-sized or dynamically-allocated
|
||
/// dimensions. For statically sized dimensions, all dimensions except the first
|
||
/// must specify the whole extent to preserve the contiguous data restriction,
|
||
/// discussed below. For dynamically allocated dimensions, the implementation
|
||
/// will allocate pointers in device memory corresponding to the pointers in
|
||
/// local memory and will fill in those pointers as appropriate.
|
||
///
|
||
/// In Fortran, a subarray is an array name followed by a comma-separated list
|
||
/// of range specifications in parentheses, with lower and upper bound
|
||
/// subscripts, such as
|
||
///
|
||
/// arr(1:high,low:100)
|
||
///
|
||
/// If either the lower or upper bounds are missing, the declared or allocated
|
||
/// bounds of the array, if known, are used. All dimensions except the last must
|
||
/// specify the whole extent, to preserve the contiguous data restriction,
|
||
/// discussed below.
|
||
///
|
||
/// Restrictions
|
||
///
|
||
/// -In Fortran, the upper bound for the last dimension of an assumed-size dummy
|
||
/// array must be specified.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -In C and C++, the length for dynamically allocated dimensions of an array
|
||
/// must be explicitly specified.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -In C and C++, modifying pointers in pointer arrays during the data
|
||
/// lifetime, either on the host or on the device, may result in undefined
|
||
/// behavior.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -If a subarray appears in a data clause, the implementation may choose to
|
||
/// allocate memory for only that subarray on the accelerator.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -In Fortran, array pointers may appear, but pointer association is not
|
||
/// preserved in device memory.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -Any array or subarray in a data clause, including Fortran array pointers,
|
||
/// must be a contiguous section of memory, except for dynamic multidimensional
|
||
/// C arrays.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -In C and C++, if a variable or array of composite type appears, all the
|
||
/// data members of the struct or class are allocated and copied, as
|
||
/// appropriate. If a composite member is a pointer type, the data addressed by
|
||
/// that pointer are not implicitly copied.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -In Fortran, if a variable or array of composite type appears, all the
|
||
/// members of that derived type are allocated and copied, as appropriate. If
|
||
/// any member has the allocatable or pointer attribute, the data accessed
|
||
/// through that member are not copied.
|
||
///
|
||
/// -If an expression is used in a subscript or subarray expression in a clause
|
||
/// on a data construct, the same value is used when copying data at the end of
|
||
/// the data region, even if the values of variables in the expression change
|
||
/// during the data region.
|
||
class ArraySectionExpr : public Expr {
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
enum ArraySectionType { OMPArraySection, OpenACCArraySection };
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
enum {
|
||
BASE,
|
||
LOWER_BOUND,
|
||
LENGTH,
|
||
STRIDE,
|
||
END_EXPR,
|
||
OPENACC_END_EXPR = STRIDE
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
ArraySectionType ASType = OMPArraySection;
|
||
Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR] = {nullptr};
|
||
SourceLocation ColonLocFirst;
|
||
SourceLocation ColonLocSecond;
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc;
|
||
|
||
public:
|
||
// Constructor for OMP array sections, which include a 'stride'.
|
||
ArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *LowerBound, Expr *Length, Expr *Stride,
|
||
QualType Type, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
|
||
SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, SourceLocation ColonLocSecond,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
|
||
: Expr(ArraySectionExprClass, Type, VK, OK), ASType(OMPArraySection),
|
||
ColonLocFirst(ColonLocFirst), ColonLocSecond(ColonLocSecond),
|
||
RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) {
|
||
setBase(Base);
|
||
setLowerBound(LowerBound);
|
||
setLength(Length);
|
||
setStride(Stride);
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Constructor for OpenACC sub-arrays, which do not permit a 'stride'.
|
||
ArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *LowerBound, Expr *Length, QualType Type,
|
||
ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation RBracketLoc)
|
||
: Expr(ArraySectionExprClass, Type, VK, OK), ASType(OpenACCArraySection),
|
||
ColonLocFirst(ColonLoc), RBracketLoc(RBracketLoc) {
|
||
setBase(Base);
|
||
setLowerBound(LowerBound);
|
||
setLength(Length);
|
||
setDependence(computeDependence(this));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Create an empty array section expression.
|
||
explicit ArraySectionExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
|
||
: Expr(ArraySectionExprClass, Shell) {}
|
||
|
||
/// Return original type of the base expression for array section.
|
||
static QualType getBaseOriginalType(const Expr *Base);
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySectionExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bool isOMPArraySection() const { return ASType == OMPArraySection; }
|
||
bool isOpenACCArraySection() const { return ASType == OpenACCArraySection; }
|
||
|
||
/// Get base of the array section.
|
||
Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
|
||
const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
|
||
|
||
/// Get lower bound of array section.
|
||
Expr *getLowerBound() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LOWER_BOUND]); }
|
||
const Expr *getLowerBound() const {
|
||
return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LOWER_BOUND]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/// Get length of array section.
|
||
Expr *getLength() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LENGTH]); }
|
||
const Expr *getLength() const { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LENGTH]); }
|
||
|
||
/// Get stride of array section.
|
||
Expr *getStride() {
|
||
assert(ASType != OpenACCArraySection &&
|
||
"Stride not valid in OpenACC subarrays");
|
||
return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[STRIDE]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const Expr *getStride() const {
|
||
assert(ASType != OpenACCArraySection &&
|
||
"Stride not valid in OpenACC subarrays");
|
||
return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[STRIDE]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBase()->getBeginLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RBracketLoc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getColonLocFirst() const { return ColonLocFirst; }
|
||
SourceLocation getColonLocSecond() const {
|
||
assert(ASType != OpenACCArraySection &&
|
||
"second colon for stride not valid in OpenACC subarrays");
|
||
return ColonLocSecond;
|
||
}
|
||
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return RBracketLoc; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
|
||
return getBase()->getExprLoc();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
return child_range(
|
||
&SubExprs[BASE],
|
||
&SubExprs[ASType == OMPArraySection ? END_EXPR : OPENACC_END_EXPR]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const_child_range children() const {
|
||
return const_child_range(
|
||
&SubExprs[BASE],
|
||
&SubExprs[ASType == OMPArraySection ? END_EXPR : OPENACC_END_EXPR]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
/// Set base of the array section.
|
||
void setBase(Expr *E) { SubExprs[BASE] = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// Set lower bound of the array section.
|
||
void setLowerBound(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LOWER_BOUND] = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// Set length of the array section.
|
||
void setLength(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LENGTH] = E; }
|
||
|
||
/// Set length of the array section.
|
||
void setStride(Expr *E) {
|
||
assert(ASType != OpenACCArraySection &&
|
||
"Stride not valid in OpenACC subarrays");
|
||
SubExprs[STRIDE] = E;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void setColonLocFirst(SourceLocation L) { ColonLocFirst = L; }
|
||
|
||
void setColonLocSecond(SourceLocation L) {
|
||
assert(ASType != OpenACCArraySection &&
|
||
"second colon for stride not valid in OpenACC subarrays");
|
||
ColonLocSecond = L;
|
||
}
|
||
void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBracketLoc = L; }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/// Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating
|
||
/// other well-formed expressions. E.g. when type-checking of a binary operator
|
||
/// fails, we cannot produce a BinaryOperator expression. Instead, we can choose
|
||
/// to produce a recovery expression storing left and right operands.
|
||
///
|
||
/// RecoveryExpr does not have any semantic meaning in C++, it is only useful to
|
||
/// preserve expressions in AST that would otherwise be dropped. It captures
|
||
/// subexpressions of some expression that we could not construct and source
|
||
/// range covered by the expression.
|
||
///
|
||
/// By default, RecoveryExpr uses dependence-bits to take advantage of existing
|
||
/// machinery to deal with dependent code in C++, e.g. RecoveryExpr is preserved
|
||
/// in `decltype(<broken-expr>)` as part of the `DependentDecltypeType`. In
|
||
/// addition to that, clang does not report most errors on dependent
|
||
/// expressions, so we get rid of bogus errors for free. However, note that
|
||
/// unlike other dependent expressions, RecoveryExpr can be produced in
|
||
/// non-template contexts.
|
||
///
|
||
/// We will preserve the type in RecoveryExpr when the type is known, e.g.
|
||
/// preserving the return type for a broken non-overloaded function call, a
|
||
/// overloaded call where all candidates have the same return type. In this
|
||
/// case, the expression is not type-dependent (unless the known type is itself
|
||
/// dependent)
|
||
///
|
||
/// One can also reliably suppress all bogus errors on expressions containing
|
||
/// recovery expressions by examining results of Expr::containsErrors().
|
||
class RecoveryExpr final : public Expr,
|
||
private llvm::TrailingObjects<RecoveryExpr, Expr *> {
|
||
public:
|
||
static RecoveryExpr *Create(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T,
|
||
SourceLocation BeginLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs);
|
||
static RecoveryExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumSubExprs);
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<Expr *> subExpressions() {
|
||
auto *B = getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
|
||
return llvm::ArrayRef(B, B + NumExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ArrayRef<const Expr *> subExpressions() const {
|
||
return const_cast<RecoveryExpr *>(this)->subExpressions();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child_range children() {
|
||
Stmt **B = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>());
|
||
return child_range(B, B + NumExprs);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BeginLoc; }
|
||
SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EndLoc; }
|
||
|
||
static bool classof(const Stmt *T) {
|
||
return T->getStmtClass() == RecoveryExprClass;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
private:
|
||
RecoveryExpr(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, SourceLocation BeginLoc,
|
||
SourceLocation EndLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs);
|
||
RecoveryExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumSubExprs)
|
||
: Expr(RecoveryExprClass, Empty), NumExprs(NumSubExprs) {}
|
||
|
||
size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { return NumExprs; }
|
||
|
||
SourceLocation BeginLoc, EndLoc;
|
||
unsigned NumExprs;
|
||
friend TrailingObjects;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtReader;
|
||
friend class ASTStmtWriter;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
} // end namespace clang
|
||
|
||
#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H
|